Agenda packet — Clovis City Council, July 7, 2025 (part 4 of 6)

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-093-19 $164.501& 4
563-093-20 $164.501& 4
563-093-21 $164.501& 4
563-093-22 $164.501& 4
563-093-23 $164.501& 4
563-093-24 $164.501& 4
563-093-25 $164.501& 4
563-093-26 $164.501& 4
563-101-01 $164.501& 4
563-101-02 $164.501& 4
563-101-03 $164.501& 4
563-101-04 $164.501& 4
563-101-05 $164.501& 4
563-101-06 $164.501& 4
563-101-07 $164.501& 4
563-101-08 $164.501& 4
563-101-09 $164.501& 4
563-101-10 $164.501& 4
563-101-11 $164.501& 4
563-101-12 $164.501& 4
563-102-01 $164.501& 4
563-102-02 $164.501& 4
563-102-03 $164.501& 4
563-102-04 $164.501& 4
563-102-05 $164.501& 4
563-102-06 $164.501& 4
563-102-07 $164.501& 4
563-102-08 $164.501& 4
563-102-09 $164.501& 4
563-102-10 $164.501& 4
563-102-11 $164.501& 4
563-102-12 $164.501& 4
563-102-13 $164.501& 4
563-102-14 $164.501& 4
563-102-15 $164.501& 4
563-102-16 $164.501& 4
563-102-17 $164.501& 4
563-102-18 $164.501& 4
563-102-19 $164.501& 4
563-102-20 $164.501& 4
563-102-21 $164.501& 4
563-102-22 $164.501& 4
563-102-23 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-102-24 $164.501& 4
563-103-01 $164.501& 4
563-103-02 $164.501& 4
563-103-03 $164.501& 4
563-103-04 $164.501& 4
563-103-05 $164.501& 4
563-103-06 $164.501& 4
563-103-07 $164.501& 4
563-103-08 $164.501& 4
563-103-09 $164.501& 4
563-103-10 $164.501& 4
563-103-11 $164.501& 4
563-103-12 $164.501& 4
563-103-13 $164.501& 4
563-103-14 $164.501& 4
563-103-15 $164.501& 4
563-103-16 $164.501& 4
563-104-01 $164.501& 4
563-104-02 $164.501& 4
563-104-03 $164.501& 4
563-110-01 $164.501& 4
563-110-02 $164.501& 4
563-110-03 $164.501& 4
563-110-04 $164.501& 4
563-110-05 $164.501& 4
563-110-06 $164.501& 4
563-110-07 $164.501& 4
563-110-08 $164.501& 4
563-110-09 $164.501& 4
563-110-10 $164.501& 4
563-110-11 $164.501& 4
563-110-12 $164.501& 4
563-110-13 $164.501& 4
563-110-14 $164.501& 4
563-110-15 $164.501& 4
563-110-16 $164.501& 4
563-110-17 $164.501& 4
563-110-18 $164.501& 4
563-110-19 $164.501& 4
563-110-20 $164.501& 4
563-110-21 $164.501& 4
563-110-22 $164.501& 4
563-110-23 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-110-24 $164.501& 4
563-110-25 $164.501& 4
563-110-26 $164.501& 4
563-110-27 $164.501& 4
563-110-28 $164.501& 4
563-110-29 $164.501& 4
563-110-30 $164.501& 4
563-110-31 $164.501& 4
563-110-32 $164.501& 4
563-110-34 $164.501& 4
563-110-35 $164.501& 4
563-110-36 $164.501& 4
563-110-38 $164.501& 4
563-110-39 $164.501& 4
563-110-40 $164.501& 4
563-110-41 $164.501& 4
563-110-42 $164.501& 4
563-110-43 $164.501& 4
563-110-44 $164.501& 4
563-110-45 $164.501& 4
563-110-46 $164.501& 4
563-110-47 $164.501& 4
563-110-48 $164.501& 4
563-110-49 $164.501& 4
563-110-50 $164.501& 4
563-110-51 $164.501& 4
563-110-52 $164.501& 4
563-110-53 $164.501& 4
563-110-54 $164.501& 4
563-110-55 $164.501& 4
563-110-56 $164.501& 4
563-110-59 $164.501& 4
563-110-60 $164.501& 4
563-110-61 $164.501& 4
563-110-62 $164.501& 4
563-110-63 $164.501& 4
563-110-64 $164.501& 4
563-110-65 $164.501& 4
563-110-66 $164.501& 4
563-110-67 $164.501& 4
563-110-68 $164.501& 4
563-110-69 $164.501& 4
563-110-70 $164.501& 4
191A -
591
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-110-71 $164.501& 4
563-110-79 $164.501& 4
563-110-85 $164.501& 4
563-120-01 $164.501& 4
563-120-02 $164.501& 4
563-120-03 $164.501& 4
563-120-04 $164.501& 4
563-120-05 $164.501& 4
563-120-06 $164.501& 4
563-120-07 $164.501& 4
563-120-08 $164.501& 4
563-120-09 $164.501& 4
563-120-10 $164.501& 4
563-120-11 $164.501& 4
563-120-12 $164.501& 4
563-120-13 $164.501& 4
563-120-14 $164.501& 4
563-120-15 $164.501& 4
563-120-16 $164.501& 4
563-120-17 $164.501& 4
563-120-18 $164.501& 4
563-120-19 $164.501& 4
563-120-20 $164.501& 4
563-120-21 $164.501& 4
563-120-22 $164.501& 4
563-120-23 $164.501& 4
563-120-24 $164.501& 4
563-120-25 $164.501& 4
563-120-26 $164.501& 4
563-120-27 $164.501& 4
563-120-28 $164.501& 4
563-120-29 $164.501& 4
563-120-30 $164.501& 4
563-120-31 $164.501& 4
563-120-32 $164.501& 4
563-120-33 $164.501& 4
563-120-34 $164.501& 4
563-120-35 $164.501& 4
563-120-36 $164.501& 4
563-120-37 $164.501& 4
563-120-38 $164.501& 4
563-120-39 $164.501& 4
563-120-40 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-120-41 $164.501& 4
563-120-42 $164.501& 4
563-120-44 $164.501& 4
563-120-45 $164.501& 4
563-120-46 $164.501& 4
563-120-47 $164.501& 4
563-120-48 $164.501& 4
563-120-49 $164.501& 4
563-120-50 $164.501& 4
563-120-51 $164.501& 4
563-120-52 $164.501& 4
563-120-53 $164.501& 4
563-120-54 $164.501& 4
563-120-55 $164.501& 4
563-120-56 $164.501& 4
563-120-57 $164.501& 4
563-120-58 $164.501& 4
563-120-59 $164.501& 4
563-120-60 $164.501& 4
563-120-61 $164.501& 4
563-120-62 $164.501& 4
563-120-63 $164.501& 4
563-120-64 $164.501& 4
563-120-65 $164.501& 4
563-120-66 $164.501& 4
563-120-67 $164.501& 4
563-120-68 $164.501& 4
563-120-69 $164.501& 4
563-120-70 $164.501& 4
563-120-71 $164.501& 4
563-131-26 $6,523.221
563-131-28 $9,950.001
563-135-01 $497.501
563-135-02 10,348.001
563-135-19S $1,592.001
563-135-20S 11,343.001
563-135-21 $437.801
563-135-22 $628.841
563-135-23 $2,181.041
563-135-24 $238.801
563-135-25 $210.941
563-135-26 $330.341
563-135-27 $401.981
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-135-28 $1,540.261
563-135-29 $254.721
563-135-30 $254.721
563-135-31 $437.801
563-135-32 $5,373.001
563-141-01 $99.501
563-141-02 $99.501
563-141-03 $99.501
563-141-04 $99.501
563-141-05 $99.501
563-141-06 $99.501
563-141-07 $99.501
563-141-08 $99.501
563-141-09 $99.501
563-141-10 $99.501
563-141-11 $99.501
563-141-12 $99.501
563-141-13 $99.501
563-141-14 $99.501
563-141-15 $99.501
563-142-01 $99.501
563-142-02 $99.501
563-142-03 $99.501
563-142-05 $99.501
563-142-06 $99.501
563-142-07 $99.501
563-142-08 $99.501
563-142-09 $99.501
563-142-10 $99.501
563-142-11 $99.501
563-142-12 $99.501
563-142-13 $99.501
563-142-14 $99.501
563-142-15 $99.501
563-142-16 $99.501
563-142-22 $99.501
563-142-23 $99.501
563-142-24 $99.501
563-142-25 $99.501
563-142-27 $99.501
563-142-28 $99.501
563-142-29 $99.501
563-142-31 $99.501
192A -
592
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-142-34 $696.501
563-142-35 $99.501
563-142-36 $895.501
563-143-01 $99.501
563-143-02 $99.501
563-143-03 $99.501
563-143-04 $99.501
563-143-05 $99.501
563-143-06 $99.501
563-143-07 $99.501
563-151-01 $99.501
563-151-02 $99.501
563-151-03 $99.501
563-151-04 $99.501
563-151-05 $99.501
563-151-06 $99.501
563-151-07 $99.501
563-151-08 $99.501
563-151-09 $99.501
563-151-10 $99.501
563-151-11 $99.501
563-151-12 $99.501
563-152-01 $99.501
563-152-02 $99.501
563-152-03 $99.501
563-152-04 $99.501
563-152-05 $99.501
563-152-06 $99.501
563-152-07 $99.501
563-152-08 $99.501
563-152-09 $99.501
563-152-10 $99.501
563-152-11 $99.501
563-152-12 $99.501
563-152-13 $99.501
563-152-14 $99.501
563-152-15 $99.501
563-152-16 $99.501
563-152-17 $99.501
563-152-18 $99.501
563-152-19 $99.501
563-152-20 $99.501
563-152-21 $99.501
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-152-22 $99.501
563-152-23 $99.501
563-152-24 $99.501
563-153-01 $99.501
563-153-02 $99.501
563-153-03 $99.501
563-153-04 $99.501
563-153-05 $99.501
563-153-06 $99.501
563-153-07 $99.501
563-153-08 $99.501
563-153-09 $99.501
563-153-10 $99.501
563-153-11 $99.501
563-153-12 $99.501
563-153-13 $99.501
563-153-14 $99.501
563-153-15 $99.501
563-153-16 $99.501
563-153-17 $99.501
563-153-18 $99.501
563-153-22 $99.501
563-153-23 $99.501
563-161-01 $164.501& 4
563-161-02 $164.501& 4
563-161-03 $164.501& 4
563-161-04 $164.501& 4
563-161-05 $164.501& 4
563-161-06 $164.501& 4
563-161-07 $164.501& 4
563-161-08 $164.501& 4
563-161-09 $164.501& 4
563-161-10 $164.501& 4
563-161-11 $164.501& 4
563-161-12 $164.501& 4
563-161-13 $164.501& 4
563-161-14 $164.501& 4
563-161-15 $164.501& 4
563-161-16 $164.501& 4
563-161-17 $164.501& 4
563-161-18 $164.501& 4
563-161-19 $164.501& 4
563-161-20 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-161-21 $164.501& 4
563-161-22 $164.501& 4
563-161-23 $164.501& 4
563-161-24 $164.501& 4
563-161-25 $164.501& 4
563-161-26 $164.501& 4
563-162-01 $164.501& 4
563-162-02 $164.501& 4
563-162-03 $164.501& 4
563-162-04 $164.501& 4
563-162-05 $164.501& 4
563-162-06 $164.501& 4
563-162-07 $164.501& 4
563-162-08 $164.501& 4
563-162-09 $164.501& 4
563-162-10 $164.501& 4
563-162-11 $164.501& 4
563-162-12 $164.501& 4
563-162-13 $164.501& 4
563-162-14 $164.501& 4
563-162-15 $164.501& 4
563-162-16 $164.501& 4
563-162-17 $164.501& 4
563-162-18 $164.501& 4
563-162-19 $164.501& 4
563-162-20 $164.501& 4
563-162-21 $164.501& 4
563-162-22 $164.501& 4
563-162-23 $164.501& 4
563-162-24 $164.501& 4
563-162-25 $164.501& 4
563-163-01 $164.501& 4
563-163-02 $164.501& 4
563-163-03 $164.501& 4
563-163-04 $164.501& 4
563-163-05 $164.501& 4
563-163-06 $164.501& 4
563-163-07 $164.501& 4
563-163-08 $164.501& 4
563-163-09 $164.501& 4
563-163-10 $164.501& 4
563-163-11 $164.501& 4
563-163-12 $164.501& 4
193A -
593
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-163-13 $164.501& 4
563-163-14 $164.501& 4
563-163-15 $164.501& 4
563-163-16 $164.501& 4
563-163-17 $164.501& 4
563-163-18 $164.501& 4
563-164-01 $164.501& 4
563-164-02 $164.501& 4
563-164-03 $164.501& 4
563-164-04 $164.501& 4
563-164-05 $164.501& 4
563-170-01 $164.501& 4
563-170-02 $164.501& 4
563-170-03 $164.501& 4
563-170-04 $164.501& 4
563-170-05 $164.501& 4
563-170-06 $164.501& 4
563-170-07 $164.501& 4
563-170-08 $164.501& 4
563-170-09 $164.501& 4
563-170-10 $164.501& 4
563-170-11 $164.501& 4
563-170-12 $164.501& 4
563-170-13 $164.501& 4
563-170-14 $164.501& 4
563-170-15 $164.501& 4
563-170-16 $164.501& 4
563-170-17 $164.501& 4
563-170-18 $164.501& 4
563-170-19 $164.501& 4
563-170-20 $164.501& 4
563-170-21 $164.501& 4
563-170-22 $164.501& 4
563-170-24 $164.501& 4
563-170-25 $164.501& 4
563-170-26 $164.501& 4
563-170-27 $164.501& 4
563-170-28 $164.501& 4
563-170-29 $164.501& 4
563-170-30 $164.501& 4
563-170-31 $164.501& 4
563-170-32 $164.501& 4
563-170-33 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-170-34 $164.501& 4
563-170-35 $164.501& 4
563-170-36 $164.501& 4
563-170-37 $164.501& 4
563-170-38 $164.501& 4
563-170-39 $164.501& 4
563-170-40 $164.501& 4
563-170-41 $164.501& 4
563-170-42 $164.501& 4
563-170-43 $164.501& 4
563-170-44 $164.501& 4
563-170-45 $164.501& 4
563-170-46 $164.501& 4
563-170-47 $164.501& 4
563-170-48 $164.501& 4
563-170-49 $164.501& 4
563-170-50 $164.501& 4
563-170-51 $164.501& 4
563-170-52 $164.501& 4
563-170-53 $164.501& 4
563-170-54 $164.501& 4
563-170-55 $164.501& 4
563-170-56 $164.501& 4
563-170-57 $164.501& 4
563-170-58 $164.501& 4
563-170-59 $164.501& 4
563-170-60 $164.501& 4
563-170-61 $164.501& 4
563-170-62 $164.501& 4
563-170-63 $164.501& 4
563-170-64 $164.501& 4
563-170-65 $164.501& 4
563-170-66 $164.501& 4
563-170-67 $164.501& 4
563-170-68 $164.501& 4
563-170-69 $164.501& 4
563-170-70 $164.501& 4
563-170-71 $164.501& 4
563-181-01 $164.501& 4
563-181-02 $164.501& 4
563-181-03 $164.501& 4
563-181-04 $164.501& 4
563-181-05 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-181-06 $164.501& 4
563-181-07 $164.501& 4
563-181-08 $164.501& 4
563-181-09 $164.501& 4
563-181-10 $164.501& 4
563-181-13 $164.501& 4
563-181-15 $164.501& 4
563-181-16 $164.501& 4
563-182-01 $164.501& 4
563-182-02 $164.501& 4
563-182-03 $164.501& 4
563-182-04 $164.501& 4
563-182-05 $164.501& 4
563-182-06 $164.501& 4
563-182-07 $164.501& 4
563-182-08 $164.501& 4
563-182-09 $164.501& 4
563-182-10 $164.501& 4
563-182-11 $164.501& 4
563-182-12 $164.501& 4
563-182-13 $164.501& 4
563-182-14 $164.501& 4
563-182-15 $164.501& 4
563-182-16 $164.501& 4
563-182-17 $164.501& 4
563-182-18 $164.501& 4
563-182-19 $164.501& 4
563-182-20 $164.501& 4
563-182-21 $164.501& 4
563-182-22 $164.501& 4
563-183-01 $164.501& 4
563-183-02 $164.501& 4
563-183-03 $164.501& 4
563-191-01 $164.501& 4
563-191-02 $164.501& 4
563-191-03 $164.501& 4
563-191-04 $164.501& 4
563-191-05 $164.501& 4
563-191-06 $164.501& 4
563-191-07 $164.501& 4
563-191-08 $164.501& 4
563-191-09 $164.501& 4
563-191-10 $164.501& 4
194A -
594
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-191-11 $164.501& 4
563-191-12 $164.501& 4
563-191-13 $164.501& 4
563-191-14 $164.501& 4
563-191-15 $164.501& 4
563-191-16 $164.501& 4
563-191-17 $164.501& 4
563-191-18 $164.501& 4
563-191-19 $164.501& 4
563-191-20 $164.501& 4
563-191-22 $164.501& 4
563-191-23 $164.501& 4
563-191-24 $164.501& 4
563-191-25 $164.501& 4
563-191-26 $164.501& 4
563-191-27 $164.501& 4
563-192-01 $164.501& 4
563-192-02 $164.501& 4
563-192-03 $164.501& 4
563-192-04 $164.501& 4
563-192-05 $164.501& 4
563-192-06 $164.501& 4
563-192-07 $164.501& 4
563-192-08 $164.501& 4
563-192-09 $164.501& 4
563-192-10 $164.501& 4
563-192-11 $164.501& 4
563-192-12 $164.501& 4
563-192-13 $164.501& 4
563-192-14 $164.501& 4
563-192-15 $164.501& 4
563-192-16 $164.501& 4
563-192-17 $164.501& 4
563-192-18 $164.501& 4
563-193-01 $164.501& 4
563-193-02 $164.501& 4
563-193-03 $164.501& 4
563-193-04 $164.501& 4
563-200-03 $99.501
563-200-04 $99.501
563-200-05 $99.501
563-200-06 $99.501
563-200-07 $99.501
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-200-08 $99.501
563-200-09 $99.501
563-200-10 $99.501
563-200-11 $99.501
563-200-12 $99.501
563-200-13 $99.501
563-200-14 $99.501
563-200-15 $99.501
563-200-16 $99.501
563-200-17 $99.501
563-200-18 $99.501
563-200-19 $99.501
563-200-20 $99.501
563-200-21 $99.501
563-200-22 $99.501
563-200-23 $99.501
563-200-24 $99.501
563-200-25 $99.501
563-200-26 $99.501
563-200-27 $99.501
563-200-28 $99.501
563-200-29 $99.501
563-200-30 $99.501
563-200-31 $99.501
563-200-32 $99.501
563-200-33 $99.501
563-200-34 $99.501
563-200-35 $99.501
563-200-36 $99.501
563-200-37 $99.501
563-200-38 $99.501
563-200-39 $99.501
563-200-40 $99.501
563-200-41 $99.501
563-200-42 $99.501
563-200-43 $99.501
563-200-44 $99.501
563-200-45 $99.501
563-200-46 $99.501
563-200-50 $99.501
563-200-51 $99.501
563-211-01 $164.501& 4
563-211-02 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-211-03 $164.501& 4
563-211-04 $164.501& 4
563-211-05 $164.501& 4
563-211-06 $164.501& 4
563-211-07 $164.501& 4
563-211-08 $164.501& 4
563-211-09 $164.501& 4
563-211-10 $164.501& 4
563-211-11 $164.501& 4
563-211-12 $164.501& 4
563-211-13 $1,094.501
563-212-01 $164.501& 4
563-212-02 $164.501& 4
563-212-03 $164.501& 4
563-212-04 $164.501& 4
563-212-05 $164.501& 4
563-212-06 $164.501& 4
563-212-07 $164.501& 4
563-212-08 $164.501& 4
563-212-09 $164.501& 4
563-213-01 $164.501& 4
563-213-02 $164.501& 4
563-213-03 $164.501& 4
563-213-04 $164.501& 4
563-213-05 $164.501& 4
563-213-06 $164.501& 4
563-213-07 $164.501& 4
563-213-08 $164.501& 4
563-213-09 $164.501& 4
563-213-10 $164.501& 4
563-213-11 $164.501& 4
563-213-12 $164.501& 4
563-213-13 $164.501& 4
563-214-01 $164.501& 4
563-214-02 $164.501& 4
563-220-01 $187.061
563-220-20 $199.001
563-220-21 $318.401
563-220-25 $298.501
563-220-28 $199.001
563-230-01 $187.061
563-230-02 $254.721
563-230-03 $199.001
195A -
595
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-230-04 $238.801
563-230-05 $163.181
563-230-06 $199.001
563-230-07 $242.781
563-241-01 $164.501& 4
563-241-02 $164.501& 4
563-241-03 $164.501& 4
563-241-04 $164.501& 4
563-241-05 $164.501& 4
563-241-06 $164.501& 4
563-242-01 $164.501& 4
563-242-02 $164.501& 4
563-242-03 $164.501& 4
563-242-04 $164.501& 4
563-242-05 $164.501& 4
563-242-06 $164.501& 4
563-243-01 $164.501& 4
563-243-02 $164.501& 4
563-243-03 $164.501& 4
563-243-04 $164.501& 4
563-243-05 $164.501& 4
563-243-06 $164.501& 4
563-251-01 $99.501
563-251-02 $99.501
563-251-03 $99.501
563-251-04 $99.501
563-251-05 $99.501
563-251-06 $99.501
563-251-07 $99.501
563-251-08 $99.501
563-251-09 $99.501
563-251-10 $99.501
563-251-11 $99.501
563-251-12 $99.501
563-251-13 $99.501
563-252-01 $99.501
563-252-02 $99.501
563-252-03 $99.501
563-252-04 $99.501
563-252-05 $99.501
563-252-06 $99.501
563-253-01 $99.501
563-253-02 $99.501
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-253-03 $99.501
563-253-04 $99.501
563-253-05 $99.501
563-253-06 $99.501
563-253-07 $99.501
563-253-08 $99.501
563-253-09 $99.501
563-253-10 $99.501
563-253-11 $99.501
563-253-12 $99.501
563-253-13 $99.501
563-253-14 $99.501
563-253-15 $99.501
563-253-16 $99.501
563-253-17 $99.501
563-253-18 $99.501
563-253-19 $99.501
563-253-20 $99.501
563-261-01 $164.501& 4
563-261-02 $164.501& 4
563-261-03 $164.501& 4
563-261-04 $164.501& 4
563-261-05 $164.501& 4
563-261-06 $164.501& 4
563-261-07 $164.501& 4
563-261-08 $164.501& 4
563-261-09 $164.501& 4
563-261-10 $164.501& 4
563-261-11 $164.501& 4
563-261-12 $164.501& 4
563-261-13 $164.501& 4
563-261-14 $164.501& 4
563-261-15 $164.501& 4
563-261-16 $164.501& 4
563-261-17 $164.501& 4
563-261-18 $164.501& 4
563-261-19 $164.501& 4
563-261-20 $164.501& 4
563-261-21 $164.501& 4
563-261-22 $164.501& 4
563-261-23 $164.501& 4
563-261-24 $164.501& 4
563-261-25 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-261-26 $164.501& 4
563-261-27 $164.501& 4
563-261-28 $164.501& 4
563-261-29 $164.501& 4
563-261-30 $164.501& 4
563-261-31 $164.501& 4
563-261-32 $164.501& 4
563-261-33 $164.501& 4
563-261-34 $164.501& 4
563-261-35 $164.501& 4
563-261-36 $164.501& 4
563-261-37 $164.501& 4
563-261-38 $164.501& 4
563-261-39 $164.501& 4
563-261-40 $164.501& 4
563-261-41 $164.501& 4
563-261-42 $164.501& 4
563-261-43 $164.501& 4
563-261-44 $164.501& 4
563-261-45 $164.501& 4
563-261-46 $164.501& 4
563-261-47 $164.501& 4
563-261-48 $164.501& 4
563-261-49 $164.501& 4
563-261-50 $164.501& 4
563-262-01 $164.501& 4
563-262-02 $164.501& 4
563-262-03 $164.501& 4
563-262-04 $164.501& 4
563-262-05 $164.501& 4
563-262-06 $164.501& 4
563-262-07 $164.501& 4
563-263-01 $164.501& 4
563-263-02 $164.501& 4
563-263-03 $164.501& 4
563-263-04 $164.501& 4
563-263-05 $164.501& 4
563-263-06 $164.501& 4
563-263-07 $164.501& 4
563-263-08 $164.501& 4
563-263-09 $164.501& 4
563-263-10 $164.501& 4
563-263-11 $164.501& 4
196A -
596
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-263-12 $164.501& 4
563-263-13 $164.501& 4
563-263-14 $164.501& 4
563-263-15 $164.501& 4
563-263-16 $164.501& 4
563-263-17 $164.501& 4
563-263-18 $164.501& 4
563-263-19 $164.501& 4
563-263-20 $164.501& 4
563-264-01 $164.501& 4
563-264-02 $164.501& 4
563-264-03 $164.501& 4
563-264-04 $164.501& 4
563-264-05 $164.501& 4
563-264-06 $164.501& 4
563-264-07 $164.501& 4
563-264-08 $164.501& 4
563-264-09 $164.501& 4
563-264-10 $164.501& 4
563-264-11 $164.501& 4
563-264-12 $164.501& 4
563-264-13 $164.501& 4
563-264-14 $164.501& 4
563-264-15 $164.501& 4
563-264-16 $164.501& 4
563-264-17 $164.501& 4
563-264-18 $164.501& 4
563-264-19 $164.501& 4
563-264-20 $164.501& 4
563-264-21 $164.501& 4
563-264-22 $164.501& 4
563-265-01 $164.501& 4
563-265-02 $164.501& 4
563-265-03 $164.501& 4
563-265-04 $164.501& 4
563-265-05 $164.501& 4
563-265-06 $164.501& 4
563-265-07 $164.501& 4
563-265-08 $164.501& 4
563-265-09 $164.501& 4
563-265-10 $164.501& 4
563-265-11 $164.501& 4
563-265-12 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
563-265-13 $164.501& 4
563-265-14 $164.501& 4
563-265-15 $164.501& 4
563-265-16 $164.501& 4
563-265-17 $164.501& 4
563-265-18 $164.501& 4
563-265-19 $164.501& 4
563-265-20 $164.501& 4
563-265-21 $164.501& 4
563-265-22 $164.501& 4
563-265-23 $164.501& 4
563-265-24 $164.501& 4
563-270-01 $199.001
563-270-02 $597.001
563-270-03 $597.001
563-270-06 $525.361
563-270-07 $254.721
563-270-08 $254.721
563-270-10 $147.261
563-270-11 $616.901
563-280-01 $346.261
563-280-02 $696.501
563-280-03 $497.501
563-280-04 $398.001
563-280-05 $342.281
564-011-01 $164.501& 4
564-011-02 $164.501& 4
564-011-03 $164.501& 4
564-011-04 $164.501& 4
564-011-05 $164.501& 4
564-011-06 $164.501& 4
564-011-07 $164.501& 4
564-011-08 $164.501& 4
564-011-09 $164.501& 4
564-011-10 $164.501& 4
564-011-11 $164.501& 4
564-011-12 $164.501& 4
564-011-13 $164.501& 4
564-011-14 $164.501& 4
564-011-15 $164.501& 4
564-011-16 $164.501& 4
564-011-17 $164.501& 4
564-011-18 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-011-19 $164.501& 4
564-011-20 $164.501& 4
564-012-06 $164.501& 4
564-012-07 $164.501& 4
564-012-08 $164.501& 4
564-012-09 $164.501& 4
564-012-10 $164.501& 4
564-012-11 $164.501& 4
564-012-12 $164.501& 4
564-012-13 $164.501& 4
564-012-14 $164.501& 4
564-013-01 $164.501& 4
564-013-02 $164.501& 4
564-013-03 $164.501& 4
564-013-04 $164.501& 4
564-013-05 $164.501& 4
564-013-06 $164.501& 4
564-013-07 $164.501& 4
564-013-08 $164.501& 4
564-013-09 $164.501& 4
564-013-10 $164.501& 4
564-013-11 $164.501& 4
564-013-12 $164.501& 4
564-013-13 $164.501& 4
564-013-14 $164.501& 4
564-013-15 $164.501& 4
564-013-16 $164.501& 4
564-013-17 $164.501& 4
564-013-18 $164.501& 4
564-013-19 $164.501& 4
564-013-20 $164.501& 4
564-013-21 $164.501& 4
564-013-22 $164.501& 4
564-013-23 $164.501& 4
564-014-02 $164.501& 4
564-014-03 $164.501& 4
564-014-04 $164.501& 4
564-014-05 $164.501& 4
564-014-06 $164.501& 4
564-014-07 $164.501& 4
564-014-08 $164.501& 4
564-014-09 $164.501& 4
564-014-10 $164.501& 4
197A -
597
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-014-11 $164.501& 4
564-014-12 $164.501& 4
564-014-13 $164.501& 4
564-014-14 $164.501& 4
564-014-15 $164.501& 4
564-014-16 $164.501& 4
564-014-17 $164.501& 4
564-014-18 $164.501& 4
564-014-19 $164.501& 4
564-015-01 $164.501& 4
564-015-02 $164.501& 4
564-015-03 $164.501& 4
564-015-04 $164.501& 4
564-015-05 $164.501& 4
564-015-06 $164.501& 4
564-015-07 $164.501& 4
564-015-08 $164.501& 4
564-015-09 $164.501& 4
564-015-10 $164.501& 4
564-015-11 $164.501& 4
564-015-12 $164.501& 4
564-015-13 $164.501& 4
564-015-14 $164.501& 4
564-015-15 $164.501& 4
564-015-16 $164.501& 4
564-015-17 $164.501& 4
564-015-18 $164.501& 4
564-015-19 $164.501& 4
564-015-20 $164.501& 4
564-015-21 $164.501& 4
564-015-22 $164.501& 4
564-021-01 $164.501& 4
564-021-02 $164.501& 4
564-021-03 $164.501& 4
564-021-04 $164.501& 4
564-021-05 $164.501& 4
564-021-06 $164.501& 4
564-021-07 $164.501& 4
564-021-08 $164.501& 4
564-021-09 $164.501& 4
564-021-10 $164.501& 4
564-021-11 $164.501& 4
564-021-12 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-021-13 $164.501& 4
564-021-14 $164.501& 4
564-021-15 $164.501& 4
564-021-16 $164.501& 4
564-022-01 $164.501& 4
564-022-02 $164.501& 4
564-022-03 $164.501& 4
564-022-04 $164.501& 4
564-022-05 $164.501& 4
564-022-06 $164.501& 4
564-022-07 $164.501& 4
564-022-08 $164.501& 4
564-022-09 $164.501& 4
564-022-10 $164.501& 4
564-022-11 $164.501& 4
564-022-12 $164.501& 4
564-022-13 $164.501& 4
564-022-14 $164.501& 4
564-022-15 $164.501& 4
564-022-16 $164.501& 4
564-022-17 $164.501& 4
564-022-18 $164.501& 4
564-022-19 $164.501& 4
564-022-20 $164.501& 4
564-022-21 $164.501& 4
564-022-22 $164.501& 4
564-022-23 $164.501& 4
564-022-24 $164.501& 4
564-022-25 $164.501& 4
564-022-26 $164.501& 4
564-022-27 $164.501& 4
564-022-28 $164.501& 4
564-022-29 $164.501& 4
564-022-30 $164.501& 4
564-022-31 $164.501& 4
564-022-32 $164.501& 4
564-022-33 $164.501& 4
564-022-34 $164.501& 4
564-022-35 $164.501& 4
564-022-36 $164.501& 4
564-022-37 $164.501& 4
564-022-38 $164.501& 4
564-022-39 $164.501& 4
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-022-40 $164.501& 4
564-023-02 $164.501& 4
564-023-03 $164.501& 4
564-023-04 $164.501& 4
564-023-05 $164.501& 4
564-023-06 $164.501& 4
564-023-07 $164.501& 4
564-023-08 $164.501& 4
564-023-09 $164.501& 4
564-024-01 $164.501& 4
564-024-02 $164.501& 4
564-024-03 $164.501& 4
564-024-04 $164.501& 4
564-024-05 $164.501& 4
564-024-06 $164.501& 4
564-024-07 $164.501& 4
564-024-08 $164.501& 4
564-024-09 $164.501& 4
564-024-10 $164.501& 4
564-024-11 $164.501& 4
564-024-12 $164.501& 4
564-024-13 $164.501& 4
564-024-14 $164.501& 4
564-032-80 $696.501
564-032-82 $597.001
564-033-15 $164.501& 4
564-042-04S $959.181
564-042-31S $811.921
564-042-41S $2,849.681
564-042-42S $3,952.141
564-042-49S $716.401
564-042-52S $6,682.421
564-042-55S $1,747.221
564-042-58S $2,272.581
564-042-70S $8,139.101
564-042-73S $2,332.281
564-042-74S $7,780.901
564-042-82S $4,214.821
564-042-86S $1,910.401
564-042-91S $5,532.201
564-050-30 $1,058.681
564-050-31 $1,058.681
564-050-33 $99.501
198A -
598
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-050-33 $1,281.561
564-050-40 $206.961
564-050-48 $2,033.781
564-050-58 $796.001
564-050-59 $1,194.001
564-060-01 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-02 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-03 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-04 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-05 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-06 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-07 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-08 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-09 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-10 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-11 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-12 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-13 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-14 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-15 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-16 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-17 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-18 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-19 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-20 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-21 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-22 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-23 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-24 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-25 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-26 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-27 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-28 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-29 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-30 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-31 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-32 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-33 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-34 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-35 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-36 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-37 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-060-38 $191.201 & 4 & 17
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-071-01 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-02 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-03 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-04 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-05 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-06 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-07 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-08 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-09 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-10 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-11 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-12 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-13 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-14 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-15 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-16 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-17 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-18 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-19 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-20 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-21 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-22 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-23 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-24 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-25 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-26 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-071-27 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-01 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-02 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-03 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-04 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-05 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-06 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-07 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-08 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-09 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-10 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-11 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-12 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-13 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-14 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-15 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-16 $191.201 & 4 & 17
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-072-17 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-072-18 $191.201 & 4 & 17
564-080-01 $164.501& 4
564-080-02 $164.501& 4
564-080-03 $164.501& 4
564-080-04 $164.501& 4
564-080-05 $164.501& 4
564-080-06 $164.501& 4
564-080-07 $164.501& 4
564-080-08 $164.501& 4
564-080-09 $164.501& 4
564-080-10 $164.501& 4
564-080-11 $164.501& 4
564-080-12 $164.501& 4
564-080-13 $164.501& 4
564-080-14 $164.501& 4
564-080-15 $164.501& 4
564-080-16 $164.501& 4
564-080-18 $99.501
564-080-19 $99.501
564-080-20 $99.501
564-080-21 $99.501
564-080-22 $99.501
564-080-23 $99.501
564-080-24 $99.501
564-080-25 $99.501
564-090-11 $2,069.601
564-090-15 $1,122.361
564-090-16 $971.121
564-090-17 $497.501
564-090-21 $398.001
564-090-22 $298.501
564-090-25 $398.001
564-090-31 $139.301
564-090-35 $187.061
564-090-49 $398.001
564-090-61 $199.001
564-090-70 $199.001
564-090-83 $199.001
564-090-84 $199.001
564-090-88 $99.501
564-090-92 $99.501
564-090-97 $99.501
199A -
599
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
564-090-98 $99.501
564-090-99 $796.001
564-100-06 $398.001
564-100-09 $2,388.001
564-100-10 $1,094.501
564-100-11 $3,383.001
564-100-20 $99.501
564-100-21 $99.501
564-100-23 $4,079.501
564-110-06 $398.001
564-110-07 $398.001
564-110-08 $398.001
564-110-09 $398.001
564-110-10 $398.001
564-110-11 $99.501
564-110-12 $398.001
564-110-13 $398.001
564-110-14 $199.001
564-110-15 $696.501
564-110-17 $398.001
571-211-01S $351.28SE
571-211-02S $351.28SE
571-211-03S $351.28SE
571-211-04S $351.28SE
571-211-05S $351.28SE
571-211-06S $351.28SE
571-211-07S $351.28SE
571-211-08S $351.28SE
571-211-09S $351.28SE
571-211-10S $351.28SE
571-211-11S $351.28SE
571-211-12S $351.28SE
571-211-13S $351.28SE
571-211-14S $351.28SE
571-211-15S $351.28SE
571-212-01S $351.28SE
571-212-02S $351.28SE
571-212-03S $351.28SE
571-212-04S $351.28SE
571-212-05S $351.28SE
571-212-06S $351.28SE
571-212-07S $351.28SE
571-212-08S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
571-212-09S $351.28SE
571-212-10S $351.28SE
571-212-11S $351.28SE
571-212-12S $351.28SE
571-212-13S $351.28SE
571-212-14S $351.28SE
571-212-15S $351.28SE
571-212-16S $351.28SE
571-212-17S $351.28SE
571-212-18S $351.28SE
571-212-19S $351.28SE
571-212-20S $351.28SE
571-212-21S $351.28SE
571-221-01S $351.28SE
571-221-02S $351.28SE
571-221-03S $351.28SE
571-221-04S $351.28SE
571-221-05S $351.28SE
571-221-06S $351.28SE
571-221-07S $351.28SE
571-221-08S $351.28SE
571-221-09S $351.28SE
571-222-01S $351.28SE
571-222-02S $351.28SE
571-222-03S $351.28SE
571-222-04S $351.28SE
571-222-05S $351.28SE
571-222-06S $351.28SE
571-222-07S $351.28SE
571-222-08S $351.28SE
571-222-09S $351.28SE
571-222-10S $351.28SE
571-222-11S $351.28SE
571-222-12S $351.28SE
571-222-13S $351.28SE
571-222-14S $351.28SE
571-223-01S $351.28SE
571-223-02S $351.28SE
571-223-03S $351.28SE
571-223-04S $351.28SE
571-223-05S $351.28SE
571-223-06S $351.28SE
571-223-07S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
571-223-08S $351.28SE
571-223-09S $351.28SE
571-223-10S $351.28SE
571-231-01S $351.28SE
571-231-02S $351.28SE
571-231-03S $351.28SE
571-231-04S $351.28SE
571-231-05S $351.28SE
571-231-06S $351.28SE
571-231-07S $351.28SE
571-231-08S $351.28SE
571-231-09S $351.28SE
571-231-11S $351.28SE
571-231-12S $351.28SE
571-231-13S $351.28SE
571-231-14S $351.28SE
571-231-15S $351.28SE
571-231-16S $351.28SE
571-231-17S $351.28SE
571-231-18S $351.28SE
571-231-19S $351.28SE
571-231-20S $351.28SE
571-231-21S $351.28SE
571-232-15S $351.28SE
571-232-16S $351.28SE
571-232-17S $351.28SE
571-232-18S $351.28SE
571-232-19S $351.28SE
571-232-20S $351.28SE
571-232-21S $351.28SE
571-233-01S $351.28SE
571-233-02S $351.28SE
571-233-03S $351.28SE
571-233-04S $351.28SE
571-233-05S $351.28SE
571-233-06S $351.28SE
571-233-07S $351.28SE
571-233-08S $351.28SE
571-233-09S $351.28SE
571-241-01S $351.28SE
571-241-02S $351.28SE
571-241-03S $351.28SE
571-241-04S $351.28SE
200A -
600
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
571-241-05S $351.28SE
571-241-06S $351.28SE
571-241-07S $351.28SE
571-241-08S $351.28SE
571-241-09S $351.28SE
571-241-10S $351.28SE
571-242-01S $351.28SE
571-242-02S $351.28SE
571-242-03S $351.28SE
571-242-04S $351.28SE
571-242-05S $351.28SE
571-242-06S $351.28SE
571-242-07S $351.28SE
571-242-08S $351.28SE
571-242-09S $351.28SE
571-242-10S $351.28SE
571-242-11S $351.28SE
571-242-12S $351.28SE
571-242-13S $351.28SE
571-242-14S $351.28SE
571-242-15S $351.28SE
571-242-16S $351.28SE
571-243-01S $351.28SE
571-243-02S $351.28SE
571-243-03S $351.28SE
571-243-04S $351.28SE
571-243-05S $351.28SE
571-243-06S $351.28SE
571-243-07S $351.28SE
571-243-08S $351.28SE
571-243-09S $351.28SE
571-243-10S $351.28SE
571-243-11S $351.28SE
571-243-12S $351.28SE
571-243-13S $351.28SE
571-243-14S $351.28SE
571-243-15S $351.28SE
571-243-16S $351.28SE
571-243-17S $351.28SE
571-243-18S $351.28SE
571-243-19S $351.28SE
571-243-20S $351.28SE
571-243-21S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
571-243-22S $351.28SE
571-243-23S $351.28SE
571-243-24S $351.28SE
571-243-25S $351.28SE
571-243-26S $351.28SE
571-243-27S $351.28SE
571-243-28S $351.28SE
571-243-29S $351.28SE
571-243-30S $351.28SE
571-243-31S $351.28SE
571-243-32S $351.28SE
571-244-01S $351.28SE
571-244-02S $351.28SE
571-244-03S $351.28SE
571-244-04S $351.28SE
571-244-05S $351.28SE
571-244-06S $351.28SE
571-244-07S $351.28SE
571-244-08S $351.28SE
571-244-09S $351.28SE
571-244-10S $351.28SE
571-244-11S $351.28SE
571-244-12S $351.28SE
571-244-13S $351.28SE
571-244-14S $351.28SE
571-244-15S $351.28SE
571-244-16S $351.28SE
571-244-17S $351.28SE
571-244-18S $351.28SE
571-244-19S $351.28SE
571-244-20S $351.28SE
571-244-21S $351.28SE
571-244-22S $351.28SE
571-244-23S $351.28SE
571-244-24S $351.28SE
571-244-25S $351.28SE
571-244-26S $351.28SE
571-244-27S $351.28SE
571-244-28S $351.28SE
573-011-01S $351.28SE
573-011-02S $351.28SE
573-011-03S $351.28SE
573-011-04S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-011-05S $351.28SE
573-011-06S $351.28SE
573-011-07S $351.28SE
573-011-08S $351.28SE
573-011-09S $351.28SE
573-011-10S $351.28SE
573-011-11S $351.28SE
573-011-12S $351.28SE
573-011-13S $351.28SE
573-011-14S $351.28SE
573-011-15S $351.28SE
573-011-16S $351.28SE
573-011-17S $351.28SE
573-011-18S $351.28SE
573-011-19S $351.28SE
573-011-20S $351.28SE
573-011-21S $351.28SE
573-011-22S $351.28SE
573-011-23S $351.28SE
573-011-24S $351.28SE
573-011-25S $351.28SE
573-011-26S $351.28SE
573-011-27S $351.28SE
573-011-28S $351.28SE
573-011-29S $351.28SE
573-011-31 $351.28SE
573-011-32 $351.28SE
573-011-33 $351.28SE
573-011-34 $351.28SE
573-011-35 $351.28SE
573-011-36 $351.28SE
573-011-37 $351.28SE
573-011-38 $351.28SE
573-011-39 $351.28SE
573-011-40 $351.28SE
573-011-41 $351.28SE
573-011-42 $351.28SE
573-011-43 $351.28SE
573-011-44 $351.28SE
573-011-45 $351.28SE
573-011-46 $351.28SE
573-011-47 $351.28SE
573-011-48 $351.28SE
201A -
601
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-011-49 $351.28SE
573-011-50 $351.28SE
573-011-51 $351.28SE
573-011-52 $351.28SE
573-011-53 $351.28SE
573-011-54 $351.28SE
573-012-01S $351.28SE
573-012-02S $351.28SE
573-012-03S $351.28SE
573-012-04S $351.28SE
573-013-01S $351.28SE
573-013-02S $351.28SE
573-013-03S $351.28SE
573-013-04S $351.28SE
573-013-05S $351.28SE
573-013-06S $351.28SE
573-013-07S $351.28SE
573-013-08S $351.28SE
573-013-09S $351.28SE
573-013-10S $351.28SE
573-013-11S $351.28SE
573-013-12S $351.28SE
573-013-13S $351.28SE
573-013-14S $351.28SE
573-013-15S $351.28SE
573-013-16S $351.28SE
573-014-01S $351.28SE
573-014-02S $351.28SE
573-014-03S $351.28SE
573-014-04S $351.28SE
573-014-05S $351.28SE
573-014-06S $351.28SE
573-014-07S $351.28SE
573-014-08S $351.28SE
573-014-09S $351.28SE
573-014-10S $351.28SE
573-014-11S $351.28SE
573-014-12S $351.28SE
573-014-13S $351.28SE
573-014-14S $351.28SE
573-015-01S $351.28SE
573-015-02S $351.28SE
573-015-03S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-015-04S $351.28SE
573-015-05S $351.28SE
573-015-06S $351.28SE
573-015-07S $351.28SE
573-015-08S $351.28SE
573-015-09S $351.28SE
573-015-10S $351.28SE
573-015-11S $351.28SE
573-015-12S $351.28SE
573-015-13S $351.28SE
573-015-14S $351.28SE
573-016-01S $351.28SE
573-016-02S $351.28SE
573-016-03S $351.28SE
573-016-04S $351.28SE
573-016-05S $351.28SE
573-016-06S $351.28SE
573-016-07S $351.28SE
573-016-08S $351.28SE
573-016-09S $351.28SE
573-016-10S $351.28SE
573-016-11S $351.28SE
573-016-12S $351.28SE
573-016-13S $351.28SE
573-017-01S $351.28SE
573-017-02S $351.28SE
573-017-03S $351.28SE
573-017-04S $351.28SE
573-017-05S $351.28SE
573-017-06S $351.28SE
573-017-07S $351.28SE
573-017-08S $351.28SE
573-018-01S $351.28SE
573-018-02S $351.28SE
573-018-03S $351.28SE
573-018-04S $351.28SE
573-018-05S $351.28SE
573-018-06S $351.28SE
573-018-07S $351.28SE
573-018-08S $351.28SE
573-021-01S $351.28SE
573-021-02S $351.28SE
573-021-03S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-021-04S $351.28SE
573-021-05S $351.28SE
573-021-06S $351.28SE
573-021-07S $351.28SE
573-021-08S $351.28SE
573-021-09S $351.28SE
573-021-10S $351.28SE
573-021-11S $351.28SE
573-021-12S $351.28SE
573-022-01S $351.28SE
573-022-02S $351.28SE
573-022-03S $351.28SE
573-022-04S $351.28SE
573-022-05S $351.28SE
573-022-06S $351.28SE
573-022-07S $351.28SE
573-022-08S $351.28SE
573-022-09S $351.28SE
573-022-10S $351.28SE
573-022-11S $351.28SE
573-022-12S $351.28SE
573-022-13S $351.28SE
573-022-14S $351.28SE
573-022-15S $351.28SE
573-022-16S $351.28SE
573-022-17S $351.28SE
573-022-18S $351.28SE
573-022-19S $351.28SE
573-022-20S $351.28SE
573-022-21S $351.28SE
573-022-22S $351.28SE
573-022-23S $351.28SE
573-022-24S $351.28SE
573-022-25S $351.28SE
573-022-26S $351.28SE
573-023-01S $351.28SE
573-023-02S $351.28SE
573-023-03S $351.28SE
573-023-04S $351.28SE
573-023-05S $351.28SE
573-023-06S $351.28SE
573-023-07S $351.28SE
573-023-08S $351.28SE
202A -
602
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-023-09S $351.28SE
573-023-10S $351.28SE
573-023-11S $351.28SE
573-024-01S $351.28SE
573-024-02S $351.28SE
573-024-03S $351.28SE
573-024-04S $351.28SE
573-024-05S $351.28SE
573-024-06S $351.28SE
573-024-07S $351.28SE
573-025-01S $351.28SE
573-025-02S $351.28SE
573-025-03S $351.28SE
573-025-04S $351.28SE
573-025-05S $351.28SE
573-025-06S $351.28SE
573-031-01 $351.28SE
573-031-02 $351.28SE
573-031-03 $351.28SE
573-031-04 $351.28SE
573-031-05 $351.28SE
573-032-01 $351.28SE
573-032-02 $351.28SE
573-032-03 $351.28SE
573-032-04 $351.28SE
573-032-05 $351.28SE
573-032-06 $351.28SE
573-032-07 $351.28SE
573-032-08 $351.28SE
573-032-09 $351.28SE
573-033-01 $351.28SE
573-033-02 $351.28SE
573-033-03 $351.28SE
573-033-04 $351.28SE
573-033-05 $351.28SE
573-033-06 $351.28SE
573-033-07 $351.28SE
573-033-08 $351.28SE
573-033-09 $351.28SE
573-033-10 $351.28SE
573-033-11 $351.28SE
573-033-12 $351.28SE
573-034-01 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-034-02 $351.28SE
573-034-03 $351.28SE
573-034-04 $351.28SE
573-034-05 $351.28SE
573-034-06 $351.28SE
573-034-07 $351.28SE
573-034-08 $351.28SE
573-034-09 $351.28SE
573-034-10 $351.28SE
573-034-11 $351.28SE
573-034-12 $351.28SE
573-034-13 $351.28SE
573-034-14 $351.28SE
573-034-15 $351.28SE
573-034-16 $351.28SE
573-034-17 $351.28SE
573-034-18 $351.28SE
573-034-19 $351.28SE
573-034-20 $351.28SE
573-034-21 $351.28SE
573-034-22 $351.28SE
573-034-23 $351.28SE
573-034-24 $351.28SE
573-034-25 $351.28SE
573-034-26 $351.28SE
573-034-27 $351.28SE
573-034-28 $351.28SE
573-034-29 $351.28SE
573-035-01 $351.28SE
573-035-02 $351.28SE
573-035-03 $351.28SE
573-035-04 $351.28SE
573-036-01 $351.28SE
573-036-02 $351.28SE
573-036-03 $351.28SE
573-036-04 $351.28SE
573-036-05 $351.28SE
573-036-06 $351.28SE
573-036-07 $351.28SE
573-036-08 $351.28SE
573-036-09 $351.28SE
573-036-10 $351.28SE
573-036-11 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-036-12 $351.28SE
573-036-13 $351.28SE
573-036-14 $351.28SE
573-036-15 $351.28SE
573-036-16 $351.28SE
573-036-17 $351.28SE
573-036-18 $351.28SE
573-041-01S $351.28SE
573-041-02S $351.28SE
573-041-03S $351.28SE
573-041-04S $351.28SE
573-041-05S $351.28SE
573-041-06S $351.28SE
573-041-07S $351.28SE
573-041-08S $351.28SE
573-041-09S $351.28SE
573-041-10S $351.28SE
573-041-11S $351.28SE
573-041-12S $351.28SE
573-042-01S $351.28SE
573-042-02S $351.28SE
573-042-03S $351.28SE
573-042-04S $351.28SE
573-042-05S $351.28SE
573-042-06S $351.28SE
573-042-07S $351.28SE
573-042-08S $351.28SE
573-042-09S $351.28SE
573-042-10S $351.28SE
573-042-11S $351.28SE
573-042-12S $351.28SE
573-042-13S $351.28SE
573-042-14S $351.28SE
573-042-15S $351.28SE
573-042-16S $351.28SE
573-042-17S $351.28SE
573-042-18S $351.28SE
573-042-19S $351.28SE
573-042-20S $351.28SE
573-043-01S $351.28SE
573-043-02S $351.28SE
573-043-03S $351.28SE
573-043-04S $351.28SE
203A -
603
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-043-05S $351.28SE
573-043-06S $351.28SE
573-043-07S $351.28SE
573-043-08S $351.28SE
573-043-09S $351.28SE
573-043-10S $351.28SE
573-043-11S $351.28SE
573-043-12S $351.28SE
573-043-13S $351.28SE
573-043-14S $351.28SE
573-043-15S $351.28SE
573-043-16S $351.28SE
573-043-17S $351.28SE
573-043-18S $351.28SE
573-043-19S $351.28SE
573-043-20S $351.28SE
573-043-21S $351.28SE
573-044-01S $351.28SE
573-044-02S $351.28SE
573-044-03S $351.28SE
573-044-04S $351.28SE
573-044-05S $351.28SE
573-044-06S $351.28SE
573-044-07S $351.28SE
573-044-08S $351.28SE
573-044-09S $351.28SE
573-044-10S $351.28SE
573-044-11S $351.28SE
573-044-12S $351.28SE
573-044-13S $351.28SE
573-044-14S $351.28SE
573-044-15S $351.28SE
573-045-01S $351.28SE
573-045-02S $351.28SE
573-045-03S $351.28SE
573-045-04S $351.28SE
573-045-05S $351.28SE
573-045-06S $351.28SE
573-045-07S $351.28SE
573-045-08S $351.28SE
573-045-09S $351.28SE
573-045-10S $351.28SE
573-045-11S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-046-01S $351.28SE
573-046-02S $351.28SE
573-046-03S $351.28SE
573-046-04S $351.28SE
573-046-06S $351.28SE
573-046-07S $351.28SE
573-046-08S $351.28SE
573-047-01S $351.28SE
573-047-02S $351.28SE
573-047-03S $351.28SE
573-047-04S $351.28SE
573-047-05S $351.28SE
573-047-06S $351.28SE
573-047-07S $351.28SE
573-047-08S $351.28SE
573-047-09S $351.28SE
573-047-10S $351.28SE
573-047-11S $351.28SE
573-047-12S $351.28SE
573-047-13S $351.28SE
573-047-14S $351.28SE
573-050-01S $351.28SE
573-050-02S $351.28SE
573-050-03S $351.28SE
573-050-04S $351.28SE
573-050-05S $351.28SE
573-050-06S $351.28SE
573-050-08S $351.28SE
573-050-09S $351.28SE
573-050-10S $351.28SE
573-050-11S $351.28SE
573-050-12S $351.28SE
573-061-01 $351.28SE
573-061-02 $351.28SE
573-061-03 $351.28SE
573-061-04 $351.28SE
573-061-05 $351.28SE
573-061-06 $351.28SE
573-061-07 $351.28SE
573-061-08 $351.28SE
573-061-09 $351.28SE
573-061-10 $351.28SE
573-061-11 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-061-12 $351.28SE
573-061-13 $351.28SE
573-061-14 $351.28SE
573-061-15 $351.28SE
573-061-16 $351.28SE
573-061-17 $351.28SE
573-061-18 $351.28SE
573-061-19 $351.28SE
573-061-20 $351.28SE
573-061-21 $351.28SE
573-061-22 $351.28SE
573-061-23 $351.28SE
573-061-24 $351.28SE
573-061-25 $351.28SE
573-061-26 $351.28SE
573-062-01 $351.28SE
573-062-02 $351.28SE
573-062-03 $351.28SE
573-062-04 $351.28SE
573-062-05 $351.28SE
573-062-06 $351.28SE
573-062-07 $351.28SE
573-062-08 $351.28SE
573-062-09 $351.28SE
573-062-10 $351.28SE
573-063-01 $351.28SE
573-063-02 $351.28SE
573-063-03 $351.28SE
573-063-04 $351.28SE
573-063-05 $351.28SE
573-063-06 $351.28SE
573-063-07 $351.28SE
573-063-08 $351.28SE
573-063-09 $351.28SE
573-063-10 $351.28SE
573-063-11 $351.28SE
573-063-12 $351.28SE
573-063-13 $351.28SE
573-063-14 $351.28SE
573-063-15 $351.28SE
573-063-16 $351.28SE
573-063-17 $351.28SE
573-063-18 $351.28SE
204A -
604
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-063-19 $351.28SE
573-064-01 $351.28SE
573-064-02 $351.28SE
573-064-03 $351.28SE
573-064-04 $351.28SE
573-064-05 $351.28SE
573-064-06 $351.28SE
573-064-07 $351.28SE
573-064-08 $351.28SE
573-064-09 $351.28SE
573-064-10 $351.28SE
573-064-11 $351.28SE
573-064-12 $351.28SE
573-064-13 $351.28SE
573-064-14 $351.28SE
573-065-01 $351.28SE
573-065-02 $351.28SE
573-065-03 $351.28SE
573-065-04 $351.28SE
573-065-05 $351.28SE
573-065-06 $351.28SE
573-065-07 $351.28SE
573-065-08 $351.28SE
573-065-09 $351.28SE
573-065-10 $351.28SE
573-065-11 $351.28SE
573-065-12 $351.28SE
573-065-13 $351.28SE
573-065-14 $351.28SE
573-066-01 $351.28SE
573-066-02 $351.28SE
573-066-03 $351.28SE
573-066-04 $351.28SE
573-066-05 $351.28SE
573-066-06 $351.28SE
573-066-07 $351.28SE
573-066-08 $351.28SE
573-066-09 $351.28SE
573-066-10 $351.28SE
573-066-11 $351.28SE
573-066-12 $351.28SE
573-066-13 $351.28SE
573-066-14 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-066-15 $351.28SE
573-066-16 $351.28SE
573-066-17 $351.28SE
573-071-01 $351.28SE
573-071-02 $351.28SE
573-071-03 $351.28SE
573-071-04 $351.28SE
573-071-05 $351.28SE
573-071-06 $351.28SE
573-071-07 $351.28SE
573-071-08 $351.28SE
573-071-09 $351.28SE
573-071-10 $351.28SE
573-071-11 $351.28SE
573-071-12 $351.28SE
573-071-13 $351.28SE
573-071-14 $351.28SE
573-071-15 $351.28SE
573-071-16 $351.28SE
573-071-17 $351.28SE
573-071-18 $351.28SE
573-071-19 $351.28SE
573-071-20 $351.28SE
573-071-21 $351.28SE
573-071-22 $351.28SE
573-071-23 $351.28SE
573-071-24 $351.28SE
573-071-25 $351.28SE
573-071-26 $351.28SE
573-071-27 $351.28SE
573-071-28 $351.28SE
573-072-01 $351.28SE
573-072-02 $351.28SE
573-072-03 $351.28SE
573-072-04 $351.28SE
573-072-05 $351.28SE
573-072-06 $351.28SE
573-072-07 $351.28SE
573-072-08 $351.28SE
573-072-09 $351.28SE
573-072-10 $351.28SE
573-073-01 $351.28SE
573-073-02 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-073-03 $351.28SE
573-073-04 $351.28SE
573-073-05 $351.28SE
573-074-01 $351.28SE
573-074-02 $351.28SE
573-074-03 $351.28SE
573-074-04 $351.28SE
573-074-05 $351.28SE
573-074-06 $351.28SE
573-074-07 $351.28SE
573-074-08 $351.28SE
573-074-09 $351.28SE
573-074-10 $351.28SE
573-074-11 $351.28SE
573-074-12 $351.28SE
573-074-13 $351.28SE
573-074-14 $351.28SE
573-075-01 $351.28SE
573-075-02 $351.28SE
573-075-03 $351.28SE
573-075-04 $351.28SE
573-075-05 $351.28SE
573-075-06 $351.28SE
573-075-07 $351.28SE
573-075-08 $351.28SE
573-075-09 $351.28SE
573-075-10 $351.28SE
573-075-11 $351.28SE
573-075-12 $351.28SE
573-075-13 $351.28SE
573-081-01 $351.28SE
573-081-02 $351.28SE
573-081-03 $351.28SE
573-081-04 $351.28SE
573-081-05 $351.28SE
573-081-06 $351.28SE
573-081-07 $351.28SE
573-081-08 $351.28SE
573-081-09 $351.28SE
573-081-10 $351.28SE
573-081-11 $351.28SE
573-081-12 $351.28SE
573-081-13 $351.28SE
205A -
605
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-081-15 $351.28SE
573-081-16 $351.28SE
573-081-17 $351.28SE
573-081-18 $351.28SE
573-081-19 $351.28SE
573-081-20 $351.28SE
573-082-01 $351.28SE
573-082-02 $351.28SE
573-082-03 $351.28SE
573-082-04 $351.28SE
573-082-05 $351.28SE
573-082-06 $351.28SE
573-082-07 $351.28SE
573-082-08 $351.28SE
573-082-09 $351.28SE
573-082-10 $351.28SE
573-082-11 $351.28SE
573-082-12 $351.28SE
573-082-13 $351.28SE
573-082-14 $351.28SE
573-083-01 $351.28SE
573-083-02 $351.28SE
573-083-03 $351.28SE
573-083-04 $351.28SE
573-083-05 $351.28SE
573-083-06 $351.28SE
573-083-07 $351.28SE
573-083-08 $351.28SE
573-083-09 $351.28SE
573-083-10 $351.28SE
573-083-11 $351.28SE
573-083-12 $351.28SE
573-083-13 $351.28SE
573-084-01 $351.28SE
573-084-02 $351.28SE
573-084-03 $351.28SE
573-084-04 $351.28SE
573-084-05 $351.28SE
573-084-06 $351.28SE
573-084-07 $351.28SE
573-084-08 $351.28SE
573-084-09 $351.28SE
573-084-10 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-084-11 $351.28SE
573-084-12 $351.28SE
573-084-13 $351.28SE
573-084-14 $351.28SE
573-084-15 $351.28SE
573-084-16 $351.28SE
573-084-17 $351.28SE
573-084-18 $351.28SE
573-084-19 $351.28SE
573-084-20 $351.28SE
573-085-01 $351.28SE
573-085-02 $351.28SE
573-085-03 $351.28SE
573-085-04 $351.28SE
573-085-05 $351.28SE
573-085-06 $351.28SE
573-085-07 $351.28SE
573-085-08 $351.28SE
573-085-09 $351.28SE
573-085-10 $351.28SE
573-085-11 $351.28SE
573-085-12 $351.28SE
573-085-13 $351.28SE
573-085-14 $351.28SE
573-085-15 $351.28SE
573-085-16 $351.28SE
573-085-17 $351.28SE
573-085-18 $351.28SE
573-085-19 $351.28SE
573-085-20 $351.28SE
573-086-01 $351.28SE
573-086-02 $351.28SE
573-086-03 $351.28SE
573-086-04 $351.28SE
573-086-05 $351.28SE
573-086-06 $351.28SE
573-086-07 $351.28SE
573-086-08 $351.28SE
573-086-09 $351.28SE
573-086-10 $351.28SE
573-086-11 $351.28SE
573-086-12 $351.28SE
573-086-13 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-086-14 $351.28SE
573-086-15 $351.28SE
573-086-16 $351.28SE
573-086-17 $351.28SE
573-086-18 $351.28SE
573-086-19 $351.28SE
573-086-20 $351.28SE
573-087-01 $351.28SE
573-087-02 $351.28SE
573-087-03 $351.28SE
573-087-04 $351.28SE
573-087-05 $351.28SE
573-087-06 $351.28SE
573-087-07 $351.28SE
573-087-08 $351.28SE
573-087-09 $351.28SE
573-087-10 $351.28SE
573-087-11 $351.28SE
573-087-12 $351.28SE
573-087-13 $351.28SE
573-087-14 $351.28SE
573-087-15 $351.28SE
573-087-16 $351.28SE
573-087-17 $351.28SE
573-087-18 $351.28SE
573-087-19 $351.28SE
573-087-20 $351.28SE
573-087-21 $351.28SE
573-087-22 $351.28SE
573-087-23 $351.28SE
573-087-24 $351.28SE
573-088-01 $351.28SE
573-088-02 $351.28SE
573-088-03 $351.28SE
573-088-04 $351.28SE
573-088-05 $351.28SE
573-088-06 $351.28SE
573-088-07 $351.28SE
573-091-01 $351.28SE
573-091-02 $351.28SE
573-091-03 $351.28SE
573-091-04 $351.28SE
573-092-02 $351.28SE
206A -
606
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-092-03 $351.28SE
573-092-04 $351.28SE
573-092-05 $351.28SE
573-092-06 $351.28SE
573-092-07 $351.28SE
573-092-08 $351.28SE
573-092-09 $351.28SE
573-092-10 $351.28SE
573-092-11 $351.28SE
573-092-12 $351.28SE
573-092-13 $351.28SE
573-092-14 $351.28SE
573-092-15 $351.28SE
573-092-16 $351.28SE
573-092-17 $351.28SE
573-092-18 $351.28SE
573-092-19 $351.28SE
573-092-20 $351.28SE
573-092-21 $351.28SE
573-092-22 $351.28SE
573-092-23 $351.28SE
573-092-24 $351.28SE
573-092-26 $351.28SE
573-092-27 $351.28SE
573-092-28 $351.28SE
573-092-29 $351.28SE
573-093-01 $351.28SE
573-093-02 $351.28SE
573-093-03 $351.28SE
573-093-04 $351.28SE
573-093-05 $351.28SE
573-093-06 $351.28SE
573-093-07 $351.28SE
573-093-08 $351.28SE
573-093-09 $351.28SE
573-093-10 $351.28SE
573-093-11 $351.28SE
573-093-12 $351.28SE
573-093-13 $351.28SE
573-093-14 $351.28SE
573-093-15 $351.28SE
573-093-16 $351.28SE
573-093-17 $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-093-18 $351.28SE
573-093-19 $351.28SE
573-093-20 $351.28SE
573-093-21 $351.28SE
573-093-22 $351.28SE
573-093-23 $351.28SE
573-093-24 $351.28SE
573-093-25 $351.28SE
573-093-26 $351.28SE
573-093-27 $351.28SE
573-093-28 $351.28SE
573-093-29 $351.28SE
573-093-30 $351.28SE
573-093-31 $351.28SE
573-093-32 $351.28SE
573-093-33 $351.28SE
573-093-34 $351.28SE
573-093-35 $351.28SE
573-093-36 $351.28SE
573-100-01S $351.28SE
573-100-02S $351.28SE
573-100-03S $351.28SE
573-100-04S $351.28SE
573-100-05S $351.28SE
573-100-06S $351.28SE
573-100-07S $351.28SE
573-100-08S $351.28SE
573-100-09S $351.28SE
573-100-10S $351.28SE
573-100-11S $351.28SE
573-100-12S $351.28SE
573-100-13S $351.28SE
573-100-14S $351.28SE
573-100-15S $351.28SE
573-100-16S $351.28SE
573-100-17S $351.28SE
573-100-18S $351.28SE
573-100-19S $351.28SE
573-100-20S $351.28SE
573-100-21S $351.28SE
573-100-22S $351.28SE
573-100-23S $351.28SE
573-100-24S $351.28SE
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-100-25S $351.28SE
573-100-26S $351.28SE
573-100-27S $351.28SE
573-100-28S $351.28SE
573-100-29S $351.28SE
573-100-30S $351.28SE
573-100-31S $351.28SE
573-100-32S $351.28SE
573-100-33S $351.28SE
573-100-34S $351.28SE
573-100-35S $351.28SE
573-100-36S $351.28SE
573-100-37S $351.28SE
573-100-38S $351.28SE
573-100-39S $351.28SE
573-100-40S $351.28SE
573-100-41S $351.28SE
573-100-42S $351.28SE
573-100-43S $351.28SE
573-100-44S $351.28SE
573-100-45S $351.28SE
573-110-01S $351.28SE
573-110-02S $351.28SE
573-110-03S $351.28SE
573-110-04S $351.28SE
573-110-05S $351.28SE
573-110-06S $351.28SE
573-110-07S $351.28SE
573-110-08S $351.28SE
573-110-09S $351.28SE
573-110-10S $351.28SE
573-110-11S $351.28SE
573-110-12S $351.28SE
573-110-13S $351.28SE
573-110-14S $351.28SE
573-110-15S $351.28SE
573-110-16S $351.28SE
573-110-17S $351.28SE
573-110-18S $351.28SE
573-110-19S $351.28SE
573-110-20S $351.28SE
573-110-21S $351.28SE
573-110-22S $351.28SE
207A -
607
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT NO. 1
Final Assessment Roll
Fiscal Year 2025-26
(Sorted by Parcel Number)
Assessor's
Parcel
Number
Assessment
Amount
Benefit
Zone(s)
573-110-23S $351.28SE
573-110-24S $351.28SE
573-110-25S $351.28SE
573-110-26S $351.28SE
573-110-27S $351.28SE
573-110-28S $351.28SE
573-110-29S $351.28SE
573-110-30S $351.28SE
573-110-31S $351.28SE
573-110-32S $351.28SE
573-110-33S $351.28SE
573-110-34S $351.28SE
573-110-35S $351.28SE
573-110-36S $351.28SE
573-110-37S $351.28SE
573-110-38S $351.28SE
573-110-39S $351.28SE
573-110-40S $351.28SE
573-110-41S $351.28SE
573-110-42S $351.28SE
208A -
608
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT No. 1
FISCAL YEAR 2025-26 APPENDIX B
B-1

Appendix "B"

Assessment Diagram

609
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

SHAW AVESHAW AVE

NEES AVENEES AVE

DAKOTA AVE

ASHLAN AVEASHLAN AVE

SIERRA AVESIERRA AVE

TEAGUE AVETEAGUE AVE

BARSTOW AVEBARSTOW AVE

BULLARD AVEBULLARD AVE

HERNDON AVEHERNDON AVE

ALLUVIAL AVEALLUVIAL AVE

SHEPHERD AVESHEPHERD AVE

GETTYSBURG AVEGETTYSBURG AVE

WILLOW AVE

WINERY AVE

PEACH AVE

MINNEWAWA AVE

VILLA AVE

CLOVIS AVE CLOVIS AVE

CLOVIS AVE

SUNNYSIDE AVE

FOWLER AVE FOWLER AVE

FOWLER AVE

ARMSTRONG AVE

ARMSTRONG AVEARMSTRONG AVE

TEMPERANCE AVE TEMPERANCE AVE

LOCAN AVELOCAN AVE

DE WOLF AVE

LEONARD AVE

DE WOLF AVE
3 9
1 27
8 5
6 895988
87 40
96953294
98 866031853393924997
84521430485442392928
833837443656553446
825145432791
41 25 11 57 26 13 78 80
7950
24 81
2335
47 90
77 9976221215215320
17 10 75 16 18 19
69707172737458
62686766656364
112
111
110109
108
107
106
105
104
100
101
103102

ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT No. 1
GERNERAL ZONES: 1, 2, 3, SE, and NW

COUNTY OF FRESNO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA
³

THE LINES AND DIMENSIONS OF EACH LOT OR PARCEL WITHIN

THE PROPOSED LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT ARE THOSE

LINES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE MAPS OF THE ASSESSOR
OF THE COUNTY OF FRESNO, CALIFORNIA.

General Zone 1 Parcels
General Zone 2 Parcels
General Zone 3 Parcels
General Zone SE Parcels
General Zone NW Parcels
LEGEND
General Zones Boundaries
Clovis City Limit
Zone NW
Zone 1
Zone SE
Zone 2
Zone 3
113114 118
115
116 117
119 120
610
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

SHAW AVESHAW AVE

NEES AVENEES AVE

DAKOTA AVE

ASHLAN AVEASHLAN AVE

SIERRA AVESIERRA AVE

TEAGUE AVETEAGUE AVE

BARSTOW AVEBARSTOW AVE

BULLARD AVEBULLARD AVE

HERNDON AVEHERNDON AVE

ALLUVIAL AVEALLUVIAL AVE

SHEPHERD AVESHEPHERD AVE

GETTYSBURG AVEGETTYSBURG AVE

WILLOW AVE

WINERY AVE

PEACH AVE PEACH AVE

PEACH AVE

MINNEWAWA AVE

VILLA AVE

CLOVIS AVE CLOVIS AVE

CLOVIS AVE

SUNNYSIDE AVE

FOWLER AVE FOWLER AVE

FOWLER AVE

ARMSTRONG AVE

ARMSTRONG AVEARMSTRONG AVE

TEMPERANCE AVE TEMPERANCE AVE

LOCAN AVELOCAN AVE

DE WOLF AVE

LEONARD AVE

ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT No. 1
PARK ZONES: 4, 5, 6

COUNTY OF FRESNO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA
113114
³

THE LINES AND DIMENSIONS OF EACH LOT OR PARCEL WITHIN

THE PROPOSED LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT ARE THOSE

LINES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE MAPS OF THE ASSESSOR
OF THE COUNTY OF FRESNO, CALIFORNIA.

Zone 4
Zone 6 Zone 5
116 117
Park Zone 4 Parcels
Park Zone 5 Parcels
Park Zone 6 Parcels
LEGEND
Park Zones Boundaries
Clovis City Limit
118
611
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

SHAW AVESHAW AVE

NEES AVENEES AVE

DAKOTA AVE

ASHLAN AVEASHLAN AVE

SIERRA AVESIERRA AVE

TEAGUE AVETEAGUE AVE

BARSTOW AVEBARSTOW AVE

BULLARD AVEBULLARD AVE

HERNDON AVEHERNDON AVE

ALLUVIAL AVEALLUVIAL AVE

SHEPHERD AVESHEPHERD AVE

GETTYSBURG AVEGETTYSBURG AVE

WILLOW AVE

WINERY AVE

PEACH AVE

MINNEWAWA AVE

VILLA AVE

CLOVIS AVE CLOVIS AVE

CLOVIS AVE

SUNNYSIDE AVE

FOWLER AVE FOWLER AVE

FOWLER AVE

ARMSTRONG AVE

ARMSTRONG AVEARMSTRONG AVE

TEMPERANCE AVE TEMPERANCE AVE

LOCAN AVELOCAN AVE

DE WOLF AVE

LEONARD AVE

DE WOLF AVE

ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM

CITY OF CLOVIS
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT No. 1
ENHANCEMENT ZONES: 7 - 51

COUNTY OF FRESNO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA
³

THE LINES AND DIMENSIONS OF EACH LOT OR PARCEL WITHIN THE PROPOSED LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DISTRICT ARE THOSE LINES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE MAPS OF THE ASSESSOR OF THE COUNTY OF FRESNO, CALIFORNIA.

LEGEND Clovis City Limit
Zone 11 Parcels - Not in use
Zone 37 Parcels
Zone 38 Parcels
Zone 39 Parcels
Zone 40 Parcels
Zone 41 Parcels
Zone 42 Parcels
Zone 43 Parcels
Zone 47 Parcels
Zone 18 Parcels
Zone 19 Parcels
Zone 20 Parcels
Zone 21 Parcels
Zone 22 Parcels
Zone 23 Parcels
Zone 24 Parcels
Zone 25 Parcels
Zone 17 Parcels
Zone 26 Parcels
Zone 7 Parcels - Deauville
Zone 8 Parcels - Wyndover
Zone 9 Parcels - Rivage
Zone 10 Parcels
Zone 12 Parcels
Zone 13 Parcels
Zone 14 Parcels
Zone 15 Parcels
Zone 16 Parcels Zone 36 Parcels
Zone 27 Parcels
Zone 28 Parcels
Zone 29 Parcels
Zone 30 Parcels
Zone 31 Parcels
Zone 32 Parcels
Zone 33 Parcels
Zone 34 & SE Parcels
Zone 35 Parcels
Zone 48 Parcels
Zone 50 Parcels
Zone 49 Parcels
Zone 44 Parcels
Zone 45 Parcels
Zone 46 Parcels
Zone 51 & NW Parcels
612
AGENDA ITEM NO. 26.

TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: General Services Department
DATE: July 7, 2025
SUBJECT: General Services – Approval – Res. 25-___, Adopting Wage and Benefit Changes for City of Clovis Unrepresented Management Employees for FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027-2028.

Staff: Amy Hance, General Services Director
Recommendation: Approve
ATTACHMENTS: 1. Res. 25-___

2. Management Benefit Summary

3. Executive Management Benefit Summary

RECOMMENDATION
For the City Council to approve a resolution authorizing adjustments in wages and benefits for City management employees during FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027-2028.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
It is recommended that the City Council authorize specific changes to the wages and benefits provided to City management employees during FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027- 2028. The recommended changes include wage increases of 3.0% in FY 2025-2026 , 2.0% in FY 2026-2027, and 2.0% in FY 2027-2028. In addition, market adjustments are recommended for fifteen NINETEEN classifications as indicated in the (REVISED RESOLUTION), Attachment 1.

BACKGROUND
Staff recommend wage and benefit adjustments for City management employees in FY 2025 2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027-2028. The proposed changes as stated in Attachment 1A would result in City management employees receiving across-the-board wage adjustments of

3.0% in FY 2025-2026, 2.0% in FY 2026-2027, and 2.0% in FY 2027-2028. Adjustments to fifteen classifications are recommended due to below market wages as indicated in Attachment

1. Other changes to management and executive management wage and benefits included in the revised summaries are:
613
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.
 Increase uniform allowance for sworn police and fire managers from $1,500 per year to $2,000 per year.
 New uniform allowance for Special Projects & Life Safety Manager and Deputy Fire Marshall of $750.00 per year.
 Reinstatement of fire management lateral transfer benefit of 80 hours of sick and 80 hours of management compensation time.
 Increase to fire management Holiday Time Off from 200 hours per year to 240 hours per year.
 Bilingual Pay of $150 per month (does not include Executive Management)  Notary Pay of $150 per month (does not include Executive Management)  Increase in Executive Management Leave cash out from 56 hours per year to 96 hours per year.
 City Clerk to be added to Executive Management group.

FISCAL IMPACT
The proposed amendments to the management and executive management compensation and budget will result in approximate net increased salary costs of $3,900,000 over the next three (3) years, which will be budgeted during the term of the agreement.

REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION
The proposed amendments are within the financial parameters authorized by the City Council and will preserve the City’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Prior to implementation, the proposed changes must be authorized by City Council Resolution.

ACTIONS FOLLOWING APPROVAL
Staff will implement the proposed wage and benefit changes as described.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST
None.

Prepared by: Amy Hance, General Services Director
Reviewed by: City Manager AH
614
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Attachment 1
RESOLUTION 25-

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CLOVIS ADOPTING WAGE

AND BENEFIT CHANGES FOR CITY OF CLOVIS MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES FOR FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, AND FY 2027-2028
WHEREAS, the City Council authorizes a wage and benefit package for City management employees; and
WHEREAS, the City’s wage and benefit package is designed to attract and retain highly qualified management employees; and
WHEREAS, it is appro priate to establish City management wage and benefit packages for FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027-2028; and WHEREAS, a Summary of management employee wage and benefit changes, is attached as Attachment A.

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City of Clovis hereby adopts specific wage and benefit changes for City management personnel for FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, and FY 2027-2028.
* * * * * *
The foregoing Resolution was introduced and adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Clovis held on July 7, 2025, by the following vote to wit:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

DATED: July 7, 2025
___________________________ __________________________
Mayor City Clerk
615
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Attachment A

SUMMARY OF WAGE AND BENEFIT CHANGES FOR CITY MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES FOR FY 2025-2026, FY 2026-2027, AND FY 2027-2028

1. Term
July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2028

2. Wages
The following wage increases will be implemented:
 July 1, 2025 3.0%
 July 1, 2026 2.0%
 July 1, 2027 2.0%
In addition to across -the-board increases listed above, the following management classifications were determined to be below the labor market median and will receive the following increase:

Classification
Market
Adjustment
Assistant City Manager 7.0%
Business Development Manager 7.0%
City Clerk 7.0%
City Engineer 6.14%
Finance Manager 4.0%
Fire Chief 7.0%
Housing Program Manager 5.92%
Police Captain 3.61%
Police Chief 5.41%
Public Utilities Director 7.0%
Senior Personnel Technician 4.13%
Solid Waste Manager 6.84%
Transit Manager 6.72%
Utilities Manager 3.85%
Water Production Manager 7.0%
616
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

3. Uniform Allowances
Sworn police and fire uniform allowance increase to $2,000 per year.

New uniform allowance for Special Projects & Life Safety Manager and Deputy Fire Marshall of $750 per year.

4. Lateral Transfer Benefit
The lateral transfer benefit of an extra 80 hours sick and 80 hours management compensation time has been reinstated for Fire management and remains for sworn Police management.

5. Holiday Time Off Increase
An additional 40 hours per year of Holiday Time Off for Fire Command Staff.

6. Bilingual Pay
Management employees who possess non -English language skills determined to be beneficial to the Department shall receive $150 per month. (does not include Executive Management)

7. Notary Pay
Management employees who maintain a Notary Public certification that is determined to be beneficial to the Department shall receive $150 per month. (does not include Executive Management)

8. Executive Management Leave
Up to 96 hours of Executive Management Leave can be cashed out each year.

9. City Clerk
The City Clerk will be added to the Executive Management group.

617
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Attachment 2

MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES

BENEFITS SUMMARY

July 1, 2025

The following is a summary of the benefits available to management employees of the City of Clovis. This document is prepared as a summary of approved benefits for reference purposes only and nothing in the summary is intended to confer any benefits that have not been approved, or that are inconsistent with approved benefits. For more information on any of the benefits listed below, contact the Personnel/Risk Management Division at (559) 324-2725.

1. PAID VACATION
Vacation is provided to allow employees to spend time away from work to rest, recreate and return to work with renewed vigor and a fresh perspective. Increases in vacation accrual rates provide reinforcement for and recognition of length of service. Paid vacation time will accrue as follows per pay period/workdays per year/maximum accrual.

However, newly hired (not promoted) sworn Police and Fire command staff that enter City employment with a minimum of five (5) or more years of prior sworn law enforcement or sworn fire service experience with a public agency will accrue vacation leave at the level commensurate with their years of public service for benefit accrual purposes.

Years of Service 40-hour week Employees 56-hour week Employees 0 to 7th anniversary 5 hrs./15 days/280 hrs. Max. 7 hrs./15 days/392 hrs. Max. 8th to 14th
anniversary
6 hrs./18 days/328 hrs. Max. 8.4 hrs./18 days/459.2 hrs. Max. 15th to 19th
anniversary

6.7hrs./20 days/360 hrs. Max. 9.3 hrs./20 days/504 hrs. Max. 20th anniversary plus 8 hrs./24 days/424 hrs. Max. 11.2 hrs./24 days/593.6 hrs.

Max.

2. PAID SICK LEAVE and SICK LEAVE INCENTIVE
a. In order to ensure that employees have the opportunity to tend to their health issues and provide incentive for judicious use of sick leave benefit, the City provides sick leave and a sick leave incentive program.

b. The sick leave incentive benefit compensates employees for up to 50% of a calendar year’s unused accrual based on usage after an accumulation o f 20 days of sick leave. 618
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 2 of 12 ends

The incentive is paid automatically on the first paycheck following November 16 of each year.

Annual Sick Leave Incentive - 40 Hour Week Employees
Hours Used During Preceding
12 Month Period
Number of Cash-out
Hours Available
Percent of
Cash-Out
-0- 96 50%
.1 to 8 88 45%
8 to 16 80 40%
16 to 24 72 35%
24 to 32 64 30%
32 to 40 56 25%

Annual Sick Leave Incentive 56 Hour Week Employees
Hours Used During Preceding
12 Month Period
Number of Cash-out
Hours Available
Percent of
Cash-Out
-0- 134.4 50%
.1 to 11.2 123.2 45%

11.2 to 22.4 112 40%

22.4 to 33.6 100.8 35%

33.6 to 44.8 89.6 30%

44.8 to 56 78.4 25%

c. Managers who retire from the City with a normal retirement have the choice to cash out up to 25% of their sick leave balance on their date of retirement. The cash-out may be applied to the deferred compensation plan or may be received in cash. The balance of unused sick leave hours after the cash -out will be certified to PERS for the ben efit known as “Credit for Unused Sick Leave.”

d. One-half (½) the annual accrual of sick leave per calendar year may be used to attend to an illness of a child, parent, spouse, registered domestic partner, sibling, parent -in- law, a grandparent, grandchil d, or designated person. (Labor Code 233(a)). Leave taken under Labor Code 233(a) will count toward the satisfaction of leave rights under AB1522 and SB 616.

e. Up to 24 hours or three (3) days of sick leave may be used by an employee who is a victim of domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking for the purposes of:
 Seeking medical attention for injuries cause by domestic violence or sexual assault.
 To obtain services from a domestic violence shelter, program, or rape crisis center as a result of domestic violence or sexual assault.
 To obtain psychological counseling related to an experience of domestic violence or sexual assault.
 To participate in safety pla nning and take other actions to increase safety from future domestic violence or sexual assault, including temporary or permanent relocation.

619
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 3 of 12 ends

3. PAID HOLIDAYS
a. The City recognizes 10 scheduled paid holidays and one (1) paid floating holiday to be used at the mutual agreement of the employee and their supervisor. A four (4) hour floating holiday for all managers is available to be used on either the workday before Christmas Day or the workday before New Year’s Day, subject to the needs of the City.

b. On July 1st of each year, the Deputy Police Chief , Police Captains , and Police Lieutenants shall be provided with 10 0 hours of holiday time in lieu of 10 hours of paid leave time off for each observed holiday as listed below. Up to 100 hours may be cashed out each fiscal year at the employee’s option.
 New Year’s Day January 1
 Martin Luther King Jr. Day 3rd Monday in January
 President’s Day 3rd Monday in February
 Memorial Day 4th Monday in May
 Independence Day July 4
 Labor Day 1st Monday in September
 Veterans’ Day November 11
 Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday in November
 Day after Thanksgiving Day Friday following Thanksgiving Day  Christmas Day December 25
c. On July 1st of each year, 56-hour week Battalion Chiefs shall be provided with 240 hours of holiday time in lieu of 24-hours of paid leave time off for each observed holiday listed below and are allowed to cash out no less than 40 hours up to 240 hours each fiscal year. The conversion of dividing 240 hours by 1.4 is used for 40-hour week Battalion Chiefs and the Deputy Fire Chief, who may cash out up to no less than 40 hours up to 171.43 hours of holiday time each fiscal year.  New Year’s Day January 1
 Martin Luther King Jr. Day 3rd Monday in January
 President’s Day 3rd Monday in February
 Memorial Day 4th Monday in May
 Independence Day July 4
 Labor Day 1st Monday in September
 Veterans’ Day November 11
 Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday in November
 Day after Thanksgiving Day Friday following Thanksgiving Day  Christmas Day December 25

d. By July 1 of each year, the employees receiving holiday in lieu time will notify finance of the number of holiday hours they intend to cash out or use so that it may be reported to PERS as earned in accordance with PERS requirements. Holiday hours must be used or cashed out within the fiscal year unless an extension for use has been approved by the City Manager.
620
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 4 of 12 ends

e. If an employee leaves employment with the City prior to June 30, an amount equal to the pro -rata holiday time that has been unearned will be deduc ted from the final paycheck.

4. MANAGEMENT LEAVE
In recognition of the effort and contributions required of Management employees beyond the “normal” workday, the City provides additional leave time. Management employees receive 56 hours of management leave per fiscal year (posted on the first check afte r July 5th). Up to 56 hours of unused management leave is automatically cashed out on the first check after June 17th of each year. By request, up to 40 hours of unused management leave may be carried over until December 31st. Management leave cannot accumulate to an amount greater than 56 hours, except for hours carried over. After December 31 st, balances exceeding the 56 hours will be reduced to the normal maximum of 56 hours.

Notwithstanding the above, Fire Department Battalion Chiefs are ineligibl e for Management Leave. This exclusion is due to their receipt of FLSA (Fair Labor Standards Act) overtime compensation, which is intended to account for additional hours worked beyond the applicable “work period”. As such, Fire Department Battalion Chiefs are not entitled to the additional leave time described in this section.

5. MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PAY
In recognition of the unique nature of the efforts and contributions required of Management employees, the City also provides Management Incentive Pay equal to one (1) hour of base rate pay each pay period that a Manager is in paid status. Fire Department Battalion Chiefs are ineligible to receive Management Incentive Pay.

6 LATERAL TRANSFER BEN EFIT FOR SWORN POLICE AND FIRE COMMAND STAFF
In order to provide equity with lateral hires of sworn police officers and sworn firefighters, and to enhance the ability of the City of Clovis to recruit the highest quality candidates for sworn Police and Fire command staff, the City will provide the following benefits:
 Upon hire to a sworn Police or Fire command staff position, a lateral hire with a minimum of five (5) or more years’ sworn law enforcement experience with a public agency will receive 40 hours of management compensation time with no cash value and 40 hours of sick leave.
 Upon successful completion of probation, the lateral hire in a sworn Police or Fire command staff position will receive an additional 40 hours of management compensation time with no cash value and 40 h ours of sick leave.

621
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 5 of 12 ends

7. FAMILY ILLNESS & BEREAVEMENT LEAVE
The City provides paid leave of up to 24 hours per calendar year to provide required personal care for immediate family members. The City also provides 40 hours of paid bereavement leave per calendar year for employees who experience the death of a family member to allow the employee to attend to various matters related to the passing of the family member. For the purposes of this Section, ‘immediate family” shall include husband, wife, regis tered domestic partner, mother/step, father/step, brother/step, sister/step, child/step, grandparent, grandchildren, mothers/fathers in -law, brothers/sisters in-law, sons/daughters in law or legal dependent of the employee.

In accordance with AB 1949, a full-time employee who has worked for the City for at least 30 days has the right to take off up to five days of unpaid bereavement leave for a covered family member within three months of the date of death. The five days of unpaid leave will be reduced b y any Bereavement Leave taken under the labor agreement or management benefit summary. The five unpaid days do not need to be consecutive, but they must be taken within three months of the death of their family member. Covered family member is define d as spouse, child, parent sibling, grandparent, grandchild, domestic partner, or parent-in-law. Under AB 1949, employees may opt to use vacation, personal time, sick leave, or comp time during any unpaid bereavement leave.

Leave must be taken within three months after the reproductive loss but can be intermittent. In the event of multiple reproductive losses, unpaid time off is five days unpaid leave per incident, limited to no more than twenty (20) days within a 12 -month period. Employees may take the leave unpaid or can opt to use sick leave or va cation time (if applicable) for the reproductive leave.

9. VICTIMS OF DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, SEXUAL ASSAULT, AND STALKING As a victim of domestic violence, an employee has certain rights afforded by AB 2337.

Those rights include the right to take time off for certain reasons related to the situation, a right to reasonable accommodation for the employee’s safety, and the right to be free from retaliation and discrimination. An employee who is a victim of domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking should contact the Personnel office for more information.

10. MILITARY LEAVE
a. Military leave shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of federal and state law. All employees entitled to miliary leave shall give the City Manager and/or the City Manager’s authorized agent an opportunity, within the limits of miliary regul ations, to determine when such leave shall be taken.

622
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 6 of 12 ends

b. Employees shall be paid their regular salary for the first 30 days of active duty within a fiscal year. Starting on the 31st day of active duty, employees will receive the difference between their military base pay and their City of Clovis pay. Military orders and wage statements will be required. See the Leave Guide for more details.

11. MEDICAL, DENTAL, PHARMACY, OPTICAL, and GROUP LIFE INSURANCE a. In order to provide employees with an opportunity to maintain the health and wellness of themselves and their dependents, the City provides health insurance that includes medical, prescription, dental, and vision coverage. In addition, the City provides life insurance coverage.

b. The City provides a variety of medical plan choices to employees. Each year before the open enrollment period in October/November, the City will provide the details of those options to employees. Employees may also elect dental, vision and life coverage only at a reduced rate or waive health benefits entirely. Employees who waive all health coverage (medical, dental, prescription, and vision coverage) are eligible for a $420.00 health insurance rebate each month. To receive the $420.00 insurance rebate the employee must an nually provide evidence of being covered on another group health plan. Employees who have exhausted their FMLA/CFRA rights and are on unpaid leave of absence approved by the City Manager are eligible to continue their health insurance coverage for a period of up to 6 (six) months. After that, if eligible, employees will have to enroll in COBRA to continue health insurance coverage.

c. City pa id life insurance coverage is $200 ,000 for the employee and $10,000 for dependents.

12. RETIREE HEALTH INSURANCE
a. Employees with a minimum of five (5) years of service as a regular full-time employee immediately preceding separation, and who are curren tly enrolled in a City health plan or other approved group health plan, and who retire in accordance with PERS age and service requirements are allowed to continue in a City sponsored Medical and Prescription plan at their expense. Details of the retiree health insurance program are provided to retirees active in the program each year before open enrollment.

b. Retiring Managers who do not meet the eligibility guidelines for the Retiree Health Insurance program will be eligible to continue the City Health Insurance at their own expense by exercising their COBRA rights.

13. SUPPLEMENTAL LIFE INSURANCE
Employees have the option to purchase supplemental life insurance in addition to the life insurance coverage provided by the City in item 10 above. Supplemental Group Life Insurance is available at the employee's expense by payroll deduction. There is a 30- day guaranteed purchase provision from date of hire. After 30 days from the date of hire, the insurance company has discretion, through the underwriting process, over policy issuance and amount of issuance. The guaranteed issue amounts are: $100,000 623
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 7 of 12 ends

for the emp loyee, $25,000 for the spouse and $2,000 for children. The maximum additional insurance amount is $500,000 for employees, $250,000 for spouses and $2,000 for children.

14. BUSINESS TRAVEL INSURANCE
A $500,000 death benefit for Management employees who di e while traveling on City business is provided by the City. Benefits are also paid for bodily dismemberment.

15. SHORT TERM/LONG TERM DISABILITY INSURANCE
a. In order to provide income replacement due to a non -work-related event, the City provides Short and Long Term Disability Insurance. Short Term Disability Insurance provides a benefit equal to 66.67% of base salary up to $7,000 per month for up to 24 weeks after 14 days of disability. This benefit is paid for by each employee through payroll deduction.

b. If an employee continues to be disabled the Long-Term Policy begins after 24 weeks.

Long Term Disability provides a benefit equal to 66.67% of base salary up to $7,000 per month for up to two years after 180 days of disability. If an employee is permanently disabled from all occupations, a lifetime monthly benefit (to age 65) is paid to the employee. This benefit is paid for by each employee through payroll deduction.

16. EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
The Insight program is available to full-time City employees and household members to provide guidance, to promote wellness, and to help resolve personal issues that may be interfering with work or home life. Each employee or household member is entitled to three (3) free visits every six ( 6) months. (Sworn safety managers are eligible for an additional (3) free visits every six (6) month period.) Insight can be reached 24 hours a day at (559) 226-7437.

The contract provisions also include a 2% cost of living adjustment, the Level 4 1959 Survivor Benefit, and sick leave service credit conversion for all Managers.

b. Employees hired before January 1, 2013, are classified by PERS as “Classic Employees” for retirement purposes. The following retirement formulas apply to PERS Classic Employees:

Misc. 2.7% at 55 formula with 8% Employee paid contribution on a pre-tax basis.

Safety 3% at 50 formula with 9% Employee paid contribution on a pre-tax basis.

624
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 8 of 12 ends

The PERS retirement benefit for Classic Employees will be based on the Employee’s highest 12 consecutive months of compensation.

c. Employees hired after January 1, 2013, are classified as “New Employees” by PERS for retirement purposes. The following retireme nt formulas apply to PERS New Employees:

Misc. 2.0% at 62 formula with 7.50% Employee paid contribution on a pre -tax basis.

Safety 2.7% at 57 formula with 13.25% Employee paid contribution on a pre -tax basis.

The PERS retirement benefit for New Employees is based on the Employee’s highest 36 consecutive months of compensation.

The employee contribution rate for new members may be subject to change. For example, the employee contributions may increase or decrease based on PERS funding requirements.

d. Additional Employee Cost-Sharing of PERS Contributions All employees participate in PERS retirement benefit cost -sharing in the form of additional percentages of employee compensation paid toward the City’s PERS retirement costs as follows:

Miscellaneous Employees: 8.4%
Safety Employees: 8.0%

18. PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS
a. The retirement contract with PERS includes a pre -retirement death benefit. If an employee is not eligible to retire (i.e., has not attained age 50 and at least five (5) years of PERS service credit) the employee’s beneficiary will receive the Basic Death Benefit which is a refund of the employee’s contributions plus interest and up to six (6) months’ pay. In addition , the beneficiary will receive the 1959 Survivor Benefit which provides a monthly allowance of up to $2,280 for three (3) or more eligible survivors.

b. Beneficiaries of employees who are eligible to retire may elect to receive the same benefit as noted above or the 1957 Survivor Benefit which provides a monthly allowance equal to one half of what the highest service retirement allowance would have been had the employee retired on the date of their death. In lieu of either of these benefits, an eligible survivor may receive the Pre-Retirement Option 2W Death Benefit. It provides a monthly benefit to the eligible survivor equal to the amount the employee would have received had the employee retired on the date of their death and elected Option 2W.

625
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 9 of 12 ends

c. When the death of a safety employee who is not eligible to retire is determined to be job related the beneficiaries may receive the Special Death Benefit which provides a monthly allowance equal to one half of final compensation. If the cause of death is some external violence or physical force while on the job, and there are eligible children in addition to a spouse or registered domestic partner, the allowance may be increased to 75 percent. The beneficiary may elect to receive the Basic Death Benefit and the 1959 Survivor Benefit in place of the Special Death Benefit.

d. When the death of a safety employee who is eligible to retire is determined to be job related the beneficiaries may receive the Special Death Benefit which provides a monthly allowance equal to one half of final compensation. If the cause of death is some external violence or physical force while on the job, and there are eligible children in addition to a spouse or registered domestic partner, the allowance may be increased to 100 percent. The beneficiary may elect to receive the Basic Death Benefit and the 1959 Survivor Benefit in place of the Special Death Benefit.

19. DEFERRED COMPENSATION
An IRC Section 457 (b) deferred compensation plan is available to all Management employees as a supplemental retirement plan option. Contributions to the IRC Section 457(b) plan can be made on a pre-tax or post-tax (457(b) Roth) basis or a combination of both. Additionally, the City will match the employee's contribution s and deposit the City funds into a 401(a) plan , matching on a dollar-for-dollar basis, up to 3% of the employee’s base pay for all employees, except PERS “Classic Employees” in (a) below:

a) Effective July 1, 2022, PERS “Classic Employees” in the positions listed had an additional 3% added to the salary matrix in lieu of the deferred compensation match.

1. Deputy Fire Chief

2. Fire Battalion Chief

3. Deputy Police Chief

4. Police Captain

5. Police Lieutenant

b) PERS “New Emplo yees” in the positions listed in ( a) are still eligible for the deferred compensation match up to 3% of the employee's base pay.

20. VEHICLE ALLOWANCE
Designated management positions receive a $ 550 per month vehicle allowance in lieu of an assigned City vehicle for business and personal use pursuant to IRS regulations.

Miles driven in excess of 50 miles round trip will be paid at the current IRS set mileage rate. To receive a vehicle allowance, th e employee must maintain a valid California Driver’s license, maintain current registration and qualifying insurance (minimum limit of $300,000 combined single limit personal liability) on the vehicle, and provide proof of that insurance to the City by December 16 of each year. Failure to provide proof of 626
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 10 of 12 ends

insurance will result in the vehicle allowance being suspended until the proof is provided.

For more information, see the City’s Business Travel Policy.

21. HOME GARAGE OF CITY VEHICLE
Designated manag ement positions who have an assigned City vehicle may home garage their City vehicle if their residence is within a 25-mile radius from City Hall.

Employees who home garage a City vehicle are not eligible for a vehicle allowance.

22. CELLULAR TELEPHONE PROGRAM
Designated management employees will receive a $50 per month cellular phone allowance for business and personal use pursuant to IRS regulations.

23. BILINGUAL PAY
Management employees who possess non -English language skills that have been identified by the Department Head as beneficial to the Department shall receive $150 per month in addition to the employee’s base salary. The city shall determine i f the employee qualifies for the bi lingual pay and the standards of proficiency that an employee must possess to receive bilingual pay.

24. NOTARY PAY
Management employees who maintain a Notary Public certification that is determined to be a benefit to the City by the Department Head shall receive a monthly premium of $150 per month.

25. COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM
The computer loan program is intended to encourage computer ownership in order to improve computer skills and organizational efficiency. The City will loan up to $3,500 for a p eriod of 24 months, interest free, for Management employees to purchase a computer, software, and related devices for professional development and personal use.

26. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The City shall reimburse employees in the Unit for the cost of tuition, required fees (such as a health fee), required textbooks or e -books, for job -related courses leading to a college degree. To be eligible for reimbursement, the course must be related to job duties or related to a position to which an employee might reasonably aspire.

The maximum reimbursement rate will be calculated September 1 of each year as the total of eight (8) semesters full -time undergraduate tuition, including required fees, at California State University Fresno. A total of $2,000 for requi red textbooks or e -books will be added to the tuition fees noted above for a grand total maximum reimbursement.

Expenses for courses which began prior to July 1, 2019, will not be included in the maximum lifetime allocation.

627
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 11 of 12 ends

Reimbursement under this Section shall be made under the following conditions:

A. Employees must have completed their initial probationary period with the City.

B. By February 28 of each year, employees must submit a written request to participate in the Educational Incentive Program including an estimate of costs to be incurred during the following fiscal year.

C. Course work must be for an accredited college or u niversity degree program and have the prior approval of the Department Head. Accreditation shall be through the U.S. Department of Education unless otherwise approved by the Department Head.

D. An employee will be eligible for reimbursement of approved e xpenses for either an Associates, Bachelor’s or Master’s degree. Fees for any combination of these degrees may be reimbursed as long as they do not exceed the employee’s maximum allocation for the Educational Incentive Program.

E. Course work must be wor k-related and determined by the Department Head to be of benefit to the City. Required course work as part of an approved undergraduate or master’s degree program is eligible for reimbursement.

F. Reimbursement of approved course work and related expense s shall be contingent upon the attainment of a letter grade of “C” or better, or “Pass” in a course with Pass/Fail grading. Reimbursement shall be made after the employee submits expense receipts and proof of letter grade.

G. Fees not required for enroll ment such as parking, graduation related expenses, or travel will not be reimbursed.

H. All courses for which reimbursement is sought shall be taken while off duty and not in paid status.

27. SOCIAL SECURITY/MEDICARE
The City of Clovis does not participate in Social Security, except as required for Medicare for employees hired after April 30, 1986.

28. STAND-BY COMPENSATION
Stand-by compensation shall be provided for managers in the Information Technology Division who participate in the regularl y scheduled rotation of 24 -hour/7-day coverage for computer services. Compensation for the 24/7 period shall be equivalent to 30% of the weekly base salary. Actual callbacks shall be paid at the straight time rate for actual hours worked.

628
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 12 of 12 ends

29. PUBLIC SAFETY FITNESS INCENTIVE
In the interest of public safety, the City encourages its public safety managers to maintain a high state of health, wellness, and fitness. To that end, employees in police management classifications who participate in physical fit ness testing and attain the necessary benchmarks will receive the same incentive provided to represented employees in the respective departments. (Note: Fire Management Fitness Incentive was added into step one of the salary schedule for Deputy Chief and B attalion Chiefs on July 1, 2019.)

30. PUBLIC SAFETY MANAGERS EXTRA SHIFT COVERAGE
Subject to approval by the City Manager, the Deputy Police Chief, Police Captains and Police Lieutenants, Communications Supervisor, Supervisors of Animal Services, Public Safety Management Analysts, and Property and Evidence Supervisor who are required to back fill for a subordinate’s shift or fill a shift for another safety manager in the same position due to staffing will be provided with addit ional compensation provided that the extra shift requires working hours beyond those hours regularly scheduled for the work week. The additional compensation will be paid at the straight time rate of pay of the manager filling the shift unless the manager is filling the shift for a subordinate. When filling a shift for a subordinate, the rate of compensation will be the straight time rate for step 5 of the classification being filled for the duration of the extra shift coverage assignment.

Subject to approval, the Deputy Fire Chief who is required to backfill for a subordinate’s shift or fill a shift for another safety manager in the same position due to staffing will be provided with an additional stipend provided that the extra shift requires working beyond those hours regularly scheduled for the work week. The stipend shall be $730.00 for the first eight-hours of additional shift coverage and $365.00 for each additional four-hours of shift coverage. Any shift coverage of fewer than eight hours will b e compensated at Step 5 of the 56-hour battalion chief straight time rate.

Fire Battalion Chiefs and Deputy Chiefs assigned to emergency incidents, such as Out of County, Assistance by Hire (ABH), Master Mutual/Auto Aid, and California Firefighting Assistance Agreement (CFAA) responses and working beyond their normal scheduled duty hours will be eligible for time and a half their regular rate. This includes portal to portal for all hours worked/assigned. Fire Battalion Chiefs and Deputy Chiefs working backfill for employees assigned to these types of incidents will receive time and half for all hours of coverage as needed by the department.

31. BATTALION CHIEF FLSA OVERTIME
Battalion Chiefs working a 56-hour workweek are eligible for FLSA overtime pursuant to section 7(k) of the FLSA. The designated work period is 24 -days for sworn battalion chiefs.

629
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 13 of 12 ends

32. PUBLIC SAFETY EXTRAORDINARY INCIDENT STIPEND
Each fiscal year, upon the recommendation of the Police Chief , the City Manager will have discretion to authorize up to an additional 40 hours of paid compensation to Police Department Command Staff and the Public Affairs and Information Manager who have worked extraordinary law enforcement events or have participate d in extraordinary instances or circumstances which required significant additional time in excess of their regular work schedule.

Each fiscal year, upon the recommendation of the Fire Chief, the City Manager will have the discretion to authorize up to an additional 40 hours of paid compensation to the Fire Department Command Staff and administrative support managers who have worked extraordinary events or have participated in extraordinary instances or circumstances which required significant additional time in excess of their regular work schedule.

33. UNIFORMS
Uniform allowance is provided to management employees as follows:

Sworn Fire Management: $2,000.00 per fiscal year, paid each pay period.

Sworn Police Management: $2,000.00 per fiscal year, paid annually in January.

Special Projects & Life Safety Manager - $750.00 per fiscal year, paid each pay period.

Deputy Fire Marshall - $750.00 per fiscal year, paid each pay period.

Utility Managers: Purchased by City.

630
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Attachment 3

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

EMPLOYEES BENEFITS SUMMARY

July 1, 2025

The following is a summary of the benefits available to Executive M anagement employees of the City of Clovis. This document is prepared as a summary of approved benefits for reference purposes only and nothing in the summary is intended to confer any benefits that have not been approved, or that are inconsistent with approved benefits.

For more information on any of the benefits listed below, contact the Per sonnel/Risk Management Division at (559) 324-2725.

Executive Management classifications include the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, Community and Economic Development , Housing and Communications Director, City Clerk, Planning and Development Services Director, Finance Director, Fire Chief, General Services Director, Police Chief, and Public Utilities Director.

1. PAID VACATION
Vacation is provided to allow employees pai d time away from work to rest, recreate, and return to work with renewed vigor and fresh perspectives. Increases in vacation accrual rates provide reinforcement for and recognition of length of service. Paid vacation time will accrue as follows per pay period/workdays per year/maximum accrual. However, newly hired (not promoted) Executive Managers that enter City employment with prior public agency experience will accrue vacation leave at the level commensurate with their years of public service for benefit accrual purposes.

Years of Service 40-hour week Employees 56-hour week Employees 0 to 7th anniversary 5 hrs./15 days/280 hrs. Max. 7 hrs./15 days/392 hrs. Max. 8th to 14th anniversary 6 hrs./18 days/328 hrs. Max. 8.4 hrs./18 days/459.2 hrs. Max. 15th to 19 th
anniversary

6.7hrs./20 days/360 hrs. Max. 9.3 hrs./20 days/504 hrs. Max. 20th anniversary plus 8 hrs./24 days/424 hrs. Max. 11.2 hrs./24 days/ 593.6 hrs.

Max.

2. PAID SICK LEAVE and SICK LEAVE INCENTIVE
a. In order to ensure that employees have the opportunity to tend to health issues and to provide incentive for judicious use of the sick leave benefit, the City provides paid sick leave and a sick leave incentive program.

b. The sick leave incentive benefit compensates employees for up to 50% of a calendar year’s unused accrual based on usage after an accumulation of 20 days 631
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 2 of 11 ends

of sick leave. The incentive is paid automatical ly on the first paycheck following November 16 of each year.

Annual Sick Leave Incentive - 40 Hour Week Employees
Hours Used During Preceding
12 Month Period
Number of Cash-Out
Hours Available
Percent of
Cash-Out
-0- 96 50%
.1 to 8 88 45%
8 to 16 80 40%
16 to 24 72 35%
24 to 32 64 30%
32 to 40 56 25%

c. Executive Managers have the choice to receive up to 50% cash-out of total accrued sick leave at the time of retirement , or a 25% cash -out at the time of separation of employment in good standing for reasons other than a “no rmal” retirement. The cash -out may be applied to the deferred compensation plan or may be received in cash. The balance of unused sick leave hours after the cash- out will be certified to PERS for the benefit known as “Credit for Unused Sick Leave.”

d. One-half (½) of the annual accrual of sick leave per calendar year may be used to attend to the health issues of a child, parent, spouse , registered domestic partner, sibling, parent -in-law, grandparent, grandchild , or designated person . (Labor Code 233(a)). Leave taken under Labor Code 233(a) will count toward the satisfaction of leave rights under AB1522 and SB 616.

e. Up to 24 hours or three (3) days of sick leave may be used by an employee who is a victim of domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking for the purposes of:
 Seeking medical attention for injuries cause by domestic violence or sexual assault.
 To obtain services from a domestic violence shelter, program, or rape crisis center as a result of domestic violence or sexual assault.  To obtain psychological counseling related to an experience of domestic violence or sexual assault.
 To participate in safety planning and take other actions to increase safety from future domestic violence or sexual assault, including temporary or permanent relocation.

3. PAID HOLIDAYS
a. The City recognizes 10 scheduled paid holidays , and one (1) paid floating holiday to be used at the mutual agreement of the employee and their supervisor.

A four (4) hour floating holiday for all managers is available to be used on either the workday before Christmas Day or the workday before New Year’s Day, subject to the needs of the City.

632
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 3 of 11 ends

b. On July 1st of each year, the Police Chief shall receive 100 hours in the Holiday Hour Bank in lieu of 10 hours of paid leave time-off for each observed holiday listed below. Up to 100 hours may be cashed out each fiscal year at the Police Chief’s option.

 New Year’s Day January 1
 Martin Luther King Jr. Day 3rd Monday in January
 President’s Day 3rd Monday in February
 Memorial Day 4th Monday in May
 Independence Day July 4
 Labor Day 1st Monday in September
 Veterans’ Day November 11
 Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday in November
 Day after Thanksgiving Day Friday following Thanksgiving Day  Christmas Day December 25

c. The Fire Chief shall receive 24 hours holiday time for each observed holiday listed below. The conversion of dividing 240 hours by 1.4 is used for the Fire Chief for a calculation of 171.43 on July 1 of each year. No less than 40 hours and up to 171.43 hours may be cashed out each fiscal year at the Fire Chief’s option.

d. By July 1 of each year, the Fire Chief and Police Chief will notify finance of the number of holiday hours they intend to cash out or use so that it may be reported to PERS as earned in accordance with PERS requirements. Holiday hours must be used or cashed out within the fiscal year unless an extension for use has been approved by the City Manager.

e. If the Fire / Police Chief leaves City employment prior to June 30th, an amount equal to the pro-rata holiday time that has been unearned during the fiscal year will be deducted from their final paycheck.

4. MANAGEMENT LEAVE
In recognition of the effort and contributions required of Executive Management employees beyond the “normal” workday, the City provides additional leave time. 633
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 4 of 11 ends

Executive Management employees receive 96 hours of management leave per fiscal year (posted on the first check after July 5th). Up to 96 hours of unused management leave is automatically cashed out on the first check after June 17th of each year. By request, up to 40 hours of unused management leave may be carried over until December 31 st. M anagement leave cannot accumulate to an amount greater than 96 hours, except for hours carried over. After December 31st, balances exceeding the 96 hours will be reduced to the normal max imum of 96 hours.

5. MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PAY
In recognition of the unique nature of the effort and contributions required of Management employees, the City also provides Management Incentive Pay equal to one (1) hour of base rate pay each pay period that a Manager is in paid status.

6. LATERAL TRANSFER BENEFIT FOR POLICE AND FIRE
In order to provide equity with other sworn command staff and to enhance the ability of the City of Clovis to recruit the highest quality candidates for the position of Police Chief or Fire Chief the City will provide the following benefits:
 Upon hire, a lateral hire for Police Chief or Fire Chief will receive 40 hours of management compensation time with no cash value and 40 hours of sick leave.
 Upon successful completion of probation, the lateral hire Police Chief or Fire Chief will receive an additional 40 hours of management compensation time with no cash value and 40 hours of sick leave.

7. FAMILY ILLNESS & BEREAVEMENT LEAVE
The City provides paid leave of up to 24 hours per c alendar year for the purpose of providing personal care for immediate family members. The City also provides 40 hours of paid bereavement leave per calendar year for employees who experience the death of a family member to allow the employee to attend to various matters related to the passing of the family member. For the purposes of this Section, ‘immediate family ” shall include husband, wife, registered domestic partner, mother/step, father/step, brother/step, sister/step, child/step, grandparent, grandchildren, mothers/fathers in-law, brothers/sisters in-law, sons/daughters in law or legal dependent of the employee.

In accordance with AB 1949, a full-time employee who has worked for the City for at least 30 days has the right to take off up to five days of unpaid bereavement leave for a covered family member within three months of the date of death. The five days of unpaid leave will be reduced by any Bereavement Leave taken under the labor agreement or management benefit summary. The five unpaid days do not need to be consec utive, but they must be taken within three months of the death of their family member. Covered family member is defined as spouse, child, parent sibling, grandparent, grandchild, domestic partner, or parent-in-law.

634
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 5 of 11 ends

8. REPRODUCTIVE LOSS LEAVE
Eligible employees who experience a reproductive loss event are eligible to take five days’ unpaid leave. A reproductive loss is defined as a failed adoption, failed surrogacy, miscarriage, stillbirth, or unsuccessful assisted reproduction. An eligible employee is an employee who has been with the City thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the leave and who would have been a parent if the reproductive event had been successful. Leave must be taken within three months after the reproductive loss bu t can be intermittent. In the event of multiple reproductive losses, unpaid time off is five days unpaid leave per incident, limited to no more than twenty (20) days within a 12-month period. Employees may take the leave unpaid or can opt to use sick leave or vacation time (if applicable) for the reproductive leave.

9. VICTIMS OF DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, SEXUAL ASSAULT, AND STALKING As a victim of domestic violence, an employee has certain rights afforded by AB 2337. Those rights include the right to take tim e off for certain reasons related to the situation, a right to reasonable accommodation for the employee’s safety, and the right to be free from retaliation and discrimination. An employee who is a victim of domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking should contact the Personnel office for more information.

10. MILITARY LEAVE
a. Military leave shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of federal and state law. All employees entitled to miliary leave shall give the City Manager and/or the City Manager’s authorized agent an opportunity, within the limits of miliary regulations, to determine when such leave shall be taken.

b. Employees shall be paid their regular salary for the first 30 days of active duty within a fiscal year. Starting on the 31 st day of active duty, employees will receive the difference between their military base pay and their City of Clovis pay. Military orders and wage statements will be required. See the Leave Guide for more details.

11. MEDICAL, DENTAL, PHARMACY, OPTICAL, and GROUP LIFE INSURANCE a. In order to provide employees with an opportunity to maintain the health and wellness of themselves and their dependents, the City provides health insurance that includes medical, prescription, dental, and vision coverage s. In addition, the City provides life insurance coverage.

Employees who waive all health coverage (medical, dental, prescription, and vision coverage) are eligible for a $420.00 health insurance rebate each month . To receive the $ 420.00 health rebate the employee must annually provide evidence of being covered on another group health plan. Employees who have exhausted their FMLA/CFRA rights and are on unpaid leave of absence approved 635
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 6 of 11 ends

by the City Manager are eligible to continue their health insurance coverage for a period of up to 6 (six) months. After that, if eligible, employees will have to enroll in COBRA to continue health insurance coverage.

c. City-paid life insurance covera ge for Executive Managers is $300 ,000 for the employee and $10,000 for dependents.

12. RETIREE HEALTH INSURANCE
a. Employees with a minimum of five (5) years of service as a regular full-time employee immediately preceding separation , and who are currently enrolled in a City health plan or other approved group health plan, and who retire in accordance with PERS age and service requirements are allowed to continue in a City sponsored Medical and Prescription plan at their expense. Details of the retiree health insurance program are provided to retirees active in the program each year before open enrollment.

13. SUPPLEMENTAL LIFE INSURANCE
Employees have the option to purchase supplemental life insurance in addition to the life insurance coverage provided by the City in Item 10 above. Supplemental Group Life Insurance is available at the employee's expense by payroll deduction.

There is a 30-day guaranteed purchase provision from date of hire. After 30 days from the date of hire, the insurance company, through the underwriting process, has discretion over policy issuance and amount of issuance. The guaranteed issue amounts are: $100,000 for the employee, $25,000 for the spouse and $ 2,000 for children. The maximum additional insurance amount is $500,000 for employees, $250,000 for spouses and $2,000 for children.

14. BUSINESS TRAVEL INSURANCE
A $500,000 death benefit for Executive Management employees who die while traveling on City business is provided by the City. Benefits are also paid for bodily dismemberment.

b. If an employee continues to be disabled, the Long-Term Policy begins after 24 weeks. Long Term Disability provides a benefit equal to 66.67% of base salary up to $7,000 per month for up to two years after 180 days of disability. If an employee is permanently disabled from all occupations, a lifetime monthly benefit (to age 65) 636
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 7 of 11 ends

is paid to the employee. This benefit is paid for by each employee through payroll deduction.

16. EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
The Insight program is available to full -time City employees and household members to provide guidance to promote wellness and to help resolve personal issues that may be interfering with work or home life. Each employee or household member is entitled to three (3) free visits every six (6) months. (Each sworn safety employee is entitled to an additional (3) free visits every (6) month period.) Insight can be reached 24 hours a day at (559) 226-7437.

17. RETIREMENT
a. The City has contracted with the California Public Employees Retirement System (PERS) for employee retirement benefits. The benefits provided are based on the benefit formula, age at retirement, compensation, and length of service in the system . The contract provisions also include a 2% cost of living adjustment, the Level 4 1959 Survivor Benefit, and sick leave service credit conversion for all Managers.

b. Employees hired before January 1, 2013, are classified by PERS as “Classic Employees” for retirement purposes. The following retirement formulas apply to PERS Classic Employees:

Misc. 2.7% at 55 formula with 8% Employee paid contribution on a pre- tax basis.

Safety 3% at 50 formula with 9% Employee paid contribution on a pre-tax basis.

The PERS retirement benefit for Classic Employees will be based on the employee’s highest 12 consecutive months of compensation.

c. Employees hired after January 1, 2013, are classified as “New Employees” by PERS for retirement purposes. The following retirement formulas apply to PERS New Employees:

Misc. 2.0% at 62 formula with 7.50% Employee paid contribution on a pre-tax basis.

Safety 2.7% at 57 formula with 13.25% Employee paid contribution on a pre-tax basis.

The PERS retirement benefit for New Employees is based on the employee’s highest 36 consecutive months of compensation.

The employee contribution rate for PERS New Employees may be subject to change. For example, the employee contributions may increase or decrease based on PER S funding
requirements.
637
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 8 of 11 ends

d. Additional Employee Cost-Sharing of PERS Contributions:

All employees participate in PERS retirement benefit cost -sharing in the form of additional percentages of employee compensation paid toward the City’s PERS retirement costs as follows:

Miscellaneous Employees: 8.4% cost sharing
Safety Employees: 8.0% cost sharing

18. PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS
a. The City’s retirement contract with PERS includes a pre -retirement death benefit. If an employee is not eligible to retire (i.e., has not attained age 50 and at least five ( 5) years of PERS service credit) the employee’s beneficiary will receive the Basic Death Benefit which is a refund of the employee’s contributions plus interest and up to six (6) month’s pay. In addition, the beneficiary will receive the 1959 Survivor Benefit which provides a monthly allowance of up to $2,280 for three (3) or more eligible survivors.

b. Beneficiaries of employees who are eligible to retire, may elect to receive the same benefit as noted above or the 1957 Survivor Benefit which provides a monthly allowance equal to one half of what the highest service retirement allowance would have been had the employee retired on the date of their death.

In lieu of either of these benefits, an eligible survivor may receive the Pre - Retirement Option 2W Death Benefit. It provides a monthly benefit to t he eligible survivor equal to the amount the employee would have received had the employee retired on the date of their death and elected Option 2W.

c. When the death of a safety employee who is not eligible to retire is determined to be job related the beneficiaries may receive the Special Death Benefit which provides a monthly allowance equal to one half of final compensation. If the cause of death is some external violence or physical force while on the job, and there are eligible children in additi on to a spouse or registered domestic partner, the allowance may be increased to 75 percent. The beneficiary may elect to receive the Basic Death Benefit and the 1959 Survivor Benefit in place of the Special Death Benefit.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 9 of 11 ends

a combination of both. Additionally, t he City will match the employee's contributions and deposit the City funds into a 401(a) plan, matching on a dollar- for-dollar basis, up to 3% of the employee’s base pay for all employees except PERS “Classic Employees” in (a) below:

a) Effective July 1, 2022, PERS “Classic Employees” in positions listed had an additional 3% added to the salary matrix in lieu of the deferred compensation match.

1. Fire Chief

2. Police Chief

b) PERS “New Employees” in the positions listed in (a) are still eligible for the deferred compensation match up to 3% of the employee's base pay.

20. VEHICLE ALLOWANCE
Executive Managers receive a $550 per month vehicle allowance, unless modified by an employment agreement, in lieu of an assigned City vehicle for business and personal use pursuant to IRS regulations . Miles dri ven in excess of 50 miles round-trip will be paid at the current IRS set mileage rate. To receive a vehicle allowance, the employee must maintain a valid California Driver’s license, maintain current registration and qualifying insurance (minimum limit of $300,000 combined single limit personal liability) on the vehicle, and provide proof of that insurance to the City by December 16 of each year. Failure to provide proof of insurance will result in the vehicle allowance being suspended until the proof is provided. For more information, see the City’s Business Travel Policy.

21. HOME GARAGE OF CITY VEHICLE
Designated management positions who have an assigned City vehicle may home garage their City vehicle if their residence is within a 25-mile radius from City Hall.

Employees who home garage a City vehicle are not eligible for a vehicle allowance.

22. CELLULAR TELEPHONE PROGRAM
Executive Management employees will receive a $50 per month cellular pho ne allowance for business and personal use pursuant to IRS regulations.

23. COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM
The computer loan program is intended to encourage computer ownership in order to improve computer skills and organizational efficiency. The City will loan up to $3,500 for a period of 24 months, interest free, for Executive Management employees to purchase a computer, software, and related devices for professional development and personal use.

24. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The City shall reimburse employees in the Unit for the cost of tuition, required fees (such as a health fee), required textboo ks or e -books, for job -related courses leading to a college degree. To be eligible for reimbursement, the course must be 639
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 10 of 11 ends

related to job duties or related to a position to which an employee might reasonably aspire.

The maximum reimbursement rate will be calculated September 1 of each year as the total of eight (8) semesters full -time undergraduate tuition, including required fees, at California State University Fresno. A total of $2,000 for required textbooks or e-books will be added to the tuition fees noted above for a grand total maximum reimbursement. Expenses for courses which began prior to July 1, 2019, will not be included in the maximum lifetime allocation.

Reimbursement under this Section shall be made under the following conditions:

A. Employees must have completed their initial probationary period with the City.

C. Course work must be for an accredited college or university degree program and have the prior approval of the Department Head. Accreditation shall be through the U.S. Department of Education unless otherwise approved by the Department Head.

D. An employee will be eligible for reimbursement of approved expenses for either an Associ ates, Bachelor’s or Master’s degree. Fees for any combination of these degrees may be reimbursed as long as they do not exceed the employee’s maximum allocation for the Educational Incentive Program.

E. Course work must be work -related and determined by the Department Head to be of benefit to the City. Required course work as part of an approved undergraduate or master’s degree program is eligible for reimbursement.

F. Reimbursement of approved course work and related expenses shall be contingent upon the attainment of a letter grade of “C” or better, or “Pass” in a course with Pass/Fail grading. Reimbursement shall be made after the employee submits expense receipts and proof of letter grade.

G. Fees not required for enrollment such as parking, graduation related expenses, or travel will not be reimbursed.

H. All courses for which reimbursement is sought shall be taken while off duty and not in paid status.

640
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

Executive Management Employees Benefits Summary
July 1, 2025

Page 11 of 11 ends

25. SOCIAL SECURITY/MEDICARE
The City of Clovis does not participate in Social Security, except as required for Medicare for employees hired after April 30, 1986.

26. PUBLIC SAFETY FITNESS INCENTIVE
In the interest of public safety, the City encourages its public safety managers to maintain a high state of health, wellness, and fitness. To that end, employees in police management classifications who participate in physical fitness testing and attain the necessary benchmarks will receive the same incentive provided to represented employees in the respective departments. (Note: The Fire Management Fitness Incentive was added into step one of the salary schedule for the Fire Chief on July 1, 2019.)

27. PUBLIC SAFETY COMMAND STAFF EXTRAORDINARY INCIDENT STIPEND Each fiscal year, upon recommendation, the City Manager will have the discretion to authorize up to an additional 40 hours of paid compensation to the Police and Fire Chiefs who have worked extraordinary law enforcement or fire events or other major incidents which required significant additional time in excess of their regular work schedule and for which they have not otherwise received compensation for those hours worked.

28. UNIFORMS
Uniform allowance is provided to public safety Executive Management employees as follows:

Fire $2,000.00 per fiscal year, paid each pay period.

Police $2,000.00 per fiscal year, paid annually each January.

641
AGENDA ITEM NO. 27.

TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: Fire Department
DATE: July 7, 2025
SUBJECT: Consider Approval of various actions related to the acquisition of Fire Apparatus.

a. Consider Approval – Waive the City’s formal bidding requirements and authorize the sole -source ordering of a Pierce Velocity 107’ All -Wheel Steer Quint aerial fire truck replacement from Golden State Fire Apparatus in the amount of $2,303,126.93; and

b. Consider Approval – Waive the City’s formal bidding requirements and authorize the sole -source ordering of a new Pierce Triple Combination Pumper engine for Fire Station 1 from Golden State Fire Apparatus in the amount of $1,391,037.69; and

c. Consider Approval – Authorize the City Manager to sign the purchase agreements.

Staff: Chris Ekk, Fire Chief / Rob Wright, Battalion Chief Recommendation: Approve

ATTACHMENTS: 1. Price Quote – Aerial Fire Truck

2. Price Quote – Fire Engine

RECOMMENDATION
For the City Council to authorize the ordering of a replacement fire truck and new fire engine and authorize the City Manager to sign the purchase agreements.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Staff requests the City Council approve the sole source purchase of a Pierce V elocity 107’ All- Wheel-Steer Quint Fire Truck and a Pierce Triple Combination Pumper Engine as per the Clovis Fire Department’s apparatus specifications. This purchase would replace the Quint ladder truck purchased in 2008 by the Clovis Fire Department’s fire apparatus fleet, placing the existing Quint 642
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
ladder truck in “reserve” status for a minimum of 10 years, and eliminating the oldest quint ladder truck in the fleet.

This purchase would also add one fire engine to the Fire Department’s Fleet due to an additional engine company being staffed in the 2025/26 fiscal year with funding by Measure Y. This engine will be utilized as an additional fire company to reduce respon se times and assist in providing an effective response force throughout the City.

BACKGROUND
Clovis Fire Department staffs a fleet of fire engines and fire trucks. There are currently five (5) frontline engines and one (1) frontline truck. Each apparatu s has a reserve apparatus to serve when the primary apparatus is out -of-service for maintenance or repair. This complies with national standards for fire service fleets.

The standard for fleet replacement, which was adopted by the City of Clovis in th e mid-1990’s and has been incorporated into the fire department’s accreditation plan that was approved by the Center for Public Safety Excellence, has been to use ladder trucks for ten years as front line service and then place them in reserve for ten year s for a twenty -year service life. The City authorized purchasing a ladder truck in 2007 (delivered in 2008) and is now the oldest ladder truck we have in service, and it is due for replacement in 2028.

The Triple Combination Pumper Engine will serve as an additional daily staffed apparatus with 3 personnel, operating out of Fire Station 1 in Old Town Clovis. This additional unit will assist with maintaining our response time standards and providing an effective response force to fires and other large -scale emergencies. This engine will also respond to many emergencies that only require one fire apparatus in Fire Station 1’s service area, maintaining the availability of the ladder truck for fires and other emergencies needing specialized equipment, and reducing wear and tear on the ladder truck.

The chassis model of both apparatus (Pierce Velocity) has been the department standard since 2019. Since that time, we have continued our efforts to standardize all the new fire apparatus chassis, engines, transmissions, and main fire pumps. This effort and approach have served to increase firefighter safety, reduce training time, and reduce fleet maintenance costs and parts inventory.

FISCAL IMPACT
Purchase via sole source is based on the characteristics of the apparatus. This purchase will provide standardization of chassis, which allows for more efficient training and reduces fleet maintenance and inventory costs. This sole -source purchase provides for a single source of warranty work and parts ordering.

Pierce Velocity Triple Combination Engine Pumper Price
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity PUC Pumper $1,322,674.00 Discount For Sourcewell Consortium Purchase (Product
#252)
($49,424.00)
Subtotal $1,273,250.00
643
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

8.975% State Sales Tax $114,274.19
California Tire Fee $10.50
100% Performance Bond $3,503.00
Total Purchase Price $1,391,037.69

Pierce Velocity 107’ All-Wheel-Steer Quint Fire Truck Price One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Ascendant Ladder Truck
$2,197,603.00
Discount For Sourcewell Consortium Purchase
(Product #236)
($89,264.00)
Subtotal $2,108,339.00

8.975% State Sales Tax $189,223.43
California Tire Fee $10.50
100% Performance Bond $5,554.00
GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE $2,303,126.93

The purchase price for each of these vehicles includes significant discounts based on utilizing the Sourcewell Consortium Pricing. This cooperative purchasing pricing ensures that we are obtaining competitive pricing for fire apparatus, while maintaining the ability to order custom vehicles to meet the needs of our City.

Sourcewell is a nationwide cooperative purchasing program and procurement service. All contracts available through Sourcewell have been awarded through a competitive public procurement process compliant with state statutes. This cooperative purchasing program meets the criteria for competitively awarded purchasing and meets the City of Clovis Municipal Code and purchasing requirements.

The Fire Department will be recycling various hand tools and equipm ent from the 2008 Pierce Quantum Ladder Truck which will be going out-of-service, to help offset the cost of outfitting the new truck. Certain items, like twenty-year-old fire hose and outdated tools, need to be replaced to ensure this truck meets the Clov is Fire Department’s standardized equipment inventory, CPSE Accreditation requirements, and current NFPA safety standards. Delivery of the truck and engine are expected to be within 47-50 months after execution and acceptance of a contract or purchase order.

Funding for these purchases has been identified utilizing our current vehicle renewal accounts and Measure Y funding. The ladder truck will be purchased with the vehicle renewal account. $1,265,665 has already been set aside for the purchase of a new ladder truck and equipment, and the remainder of the required funding will be allocated to this fund prior to delivery of the apparatus.

The fire engine and equipment will be purchased utilizing Measure Y funds.

Due to the extended period between ordering and receiving the vehicles, we are requesting approval to order the vehicles now and pay for them in the coming years. The Fire Department will work with the Public Utilities Department and Finance Department to determine the most 644
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
fiscally responsible time and funding mechanism to purchase the vehicles. At this time, there is no immediate fiscal impact as the funding sources have already been identified, but the payments will be made at a later date.

REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION
The Quint ladder truc k being replaced will be approximately 21 years old and will be retired in 2029. The 2019 Ladder Truck will move to reserve status for the ensuing ten years. This purchase is in accordance with the Fire Department Fleet Replacement Plan and places our front-line ladder truck apparatus replacement plan on a ten -year cycle to allow for consistent budget planning for known apparatus purchases in the future.

The Triple Combination Pumper Engine is a critical addition to help us maintain a reliable fleet of emergency vehicles and maintain response time standards throughout the City. The reason for the purchase of this new fire engine is the authorized expansion of a new engine company by the City Council in the 25/26 Fiscal Year, as identified in our Measure Y funding request. The Fire Department will be utilizing an existing reserve fire engine to staff this new engine company until the permanent fire engine arrives in 2029.

ACTIONS FOLLOWING APPROVAL
Finalize purchase contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus and order apparatus.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST
None.

Prepared by: Robert Wright, Battalion Chief

Reviewed by: City Manager AH
645
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF CLOVIS

One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
107’ Velocity Ascendant Ladder Truck

ATTACHMENT 1
646
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
647
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1
648
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($352,870.28) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
649
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Clovis
1033 Fifth Street
Clovis, CA 93612
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA ”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF CLOVIS (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Gr and Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 06/16/2025 07/28/2025 40616-25AT 973 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #236,
Member #87369

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Ascendant Ladder Truck 2,197,603.00 B Discount For Sourcewell Consortium Purchase (Product #236) (89,264.00) C Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (323,056.00) D SUBTOTAL 1,785,283.00
E 8.975% State Sales Tax 160,229.15
F California Tire Fee 10.50
G 100% Performance Bond 4,734.00
H GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,950,256.65
650
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 0 6/16/2025, GSFA Proposal Number 40616-25AT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
651
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

652
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

653
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Clovis
1033 Fifth Street
Clovis, CA 93612
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“ GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF CLOVIS (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement ”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions .

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 06/16/2025 07/28/2025 40616-25BT 973 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #236,
Member #87369

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Velocity Ascendant Ladder Truck 2,197,603.00 B Discount For Sourcewell Consortium Purchase (Product #236) (89,264.00) C SUBTOTAL 2,108,339.00
D 8.975% State Sales Tax 189,223.43
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F 100% Performance Bond 5,554.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,303,126.93
654
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 0 6/16/2025, GSFA Proposal Number 40616-25BT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date

655
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 656
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation ,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to d elivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick -Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items 657
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount . Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in : (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constra ints, any P roduct completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal , or otherwise provided to Customer , is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as -is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of d elivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time 658
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product , and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasona bly satisfactory to GSFA . If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered mu ltiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be d eemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response . In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes t o the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

659
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
4 b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by t he Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accord ance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination , failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not b e liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) afte r the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the p re- construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding 660
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation , as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the A greement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product . For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility .

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations 661
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement , indemnity, whether resulting from non- delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party u nder the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA ).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the P arties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed 662
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terror ism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or t o such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certifi ed mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments . The Agreement, including t he Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

663
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 664
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766640
Boiler Plates, Aerial 107' ASL

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Clovis Fire Department
for a
Pierce®
107
' Heavy Duty Aerial Ladder
per your request for quotation. The following
paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then, we have been building bodies
with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (
5 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 6/16/2025
Customer:

CLOVIS FIRE DEPARTMENT
Bid Number:
973
Representative
Young, Dewayne
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

CLV Velocity PUC 107 Ascendan
Chassis:

Velocity Chassis, Aerials, Tandem Axle, Ascendant/LSL PUC-NG (Big Block) Body:

Aerial, HD Ladder 107' ASL Tandem, PUC, Alum Body
1 973
Bid #:
665
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service
by
operating in conjunction with
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within
one hundred fifty (
150
) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury:
$1,000,000
General Aggregate:
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. 2 973
Bid #:
666
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0018180
Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US
0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 33706
&
38442
. However,
some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491
Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2024

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2024
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533351
Quint Fire Apparatus

0588612
Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/Pump

3 973
Bid #:
667
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0681278
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the
aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E
709
and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E 165
and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

PUMP TEST
The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1900
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 4 973
Bid #:
668
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0620362
Consortium, HGAC

0537375
Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
5 973
Bid #:
669
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0816574
Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
100%
percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory
acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID
6112
] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of

5.0%
or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0%
for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0517327
Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0670758
Drawing, Compartment Layout, Aerial

COMPARTMENT LAYOUT DRAWING
A sales drawing will be provided as if the rear body compartment doors are open. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes, etc. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0888814
Velocity Chassis, Aerials, Tandem
Axle, Ascendant/LSL PUC-NG (Big
Block)

VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
253.00
inches
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
72,000
.
0000203
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
6 973
Bid #:
670
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0637059
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 24,000 lb, Velocity (425 Tires)

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
24,000
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0090914
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 24,000 lb,
DLX/Qtm/AXT/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
24,000
lb.

The independent suspension system has been designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have a torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899289
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire
Service Load

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor MAX, rated for
24,400
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
7 973
Bid #:
671
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0609365
Axle, Rear, Oshkosh TAK-4 T3,
48,000 lb, Rear Steer, 2 Axle,
AXT/Imp/Vel

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a tandem axle assembly, of the Oshkosh TAK- 4 ® T
3 , Tight Turning
Technology, independent suspension design, with the ability to support a mechanical rear axle steering system. Tandem rear axles will have a ground rating of 48,000
lb.

The rear axles will be designed for specific use of the independent suspension.

The rear independent suspension driving axles will be equipped with a carrier reduction of

1.69 to

1.00 with a planetary wheel end reduction of

3.55 to

1.00 . Driving torque will be transmitted from
the center differential to the planetary wheel drive by means of a half shaft.

Oil fills and level checks will be required at the center differential and the planet wheel end locations.

An inter-axle differential, which divides torque evenly between axles, will be provided with an indicator light mounted on the cab instrument panel.

REAR AXLE STEERING
The tandem rear axle assembly will include a mechanical rear steering system. The mechanical rear steering system will be applied to both rear axles.

The steering geometry will be designed to minimize tire scrub of the rear tandem axle tires while reducing the overall turning diameter of the apparatus.

The mechanical rear steering system will not use electronic controls and will not have a means to be disengaged. Coordinated steering is the only steering mode supported by the mechanical steering system.

Rear steering system is actuated by a mechanical means of connecting the front master/slave steering gear system to a rear axle master/slave steering gear system. 0818721
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH/109
KPH, Non-NFPA/ULC 2024

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA
1900
and ULC
515
,
2024
edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA

7.16.1 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 33,000
lb will not
exceed either
68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA

7.16.2 requires that if the combined water
tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed
1250
gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle
is over
50,000
lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the
manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to
68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to
60 mph. By requesting an exception to
this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1900
and ULC
515
standards at time of contract execution.

The rear tires being specified have a top speed limit of 68 mph /
109
kph from the tire
manufacturer.
0639331
Suspen, Rear, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Independent, 48,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be an Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® independent type with a minimum ground rating
of
48,000
lbs.

The independent suspension will be configured with upper and lower control arms with a spring seat for a coil spring mounted to the lower control arm. The spring tower will be integrated into the suspension frame mount. Each control arm has elastomeric bushings at the inner pivot locations with a ball joint bearing at the outer pivot location. All suspension pivot joints will be of a maintenance free design.

The rear independent suspension will be provided with steering toe links providing tow adjustments and maintaining wheel control throughout the range of wheel travel.

The independent suspension will be designed to provide maximum ride quality when traveling at highway speeds over improved roads or a moderate speeds over secondary road surfaces with minimal transfer of shock and vibration to the apparatus.

Each independent suspension will utilize a coil type of spring. The design will allow for removal of the spring without the use of any spring compression.

The rear suspension will provide a minimum wheel travel of

10.00 ",

6.00 " jounce and

4.00 " of
rebound.
0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0614549
Pump, Thru-Pump, Oshkosh TAK-4,
T3 Rear Steer, Aerial
0802662
Tires, Rear, Goodyear,Armor Max
MSA,445/65R22.5,20ply,
(AWS/IRS),Tand.FS Load Rat

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear radials
445/65
R

22.50 ,
20 ply all-position Armor Max MSA
tread, rated for
52,640
lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0826900
Wheels, Rear, 22.50" x 13.00", Steel,
Hub Pilot, Tandem, AWS/IRS
The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 13.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
8 973
Bid #:
672
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0819008
No Tire Pressure Indicator, Fire
Department Omits, Non-NFPA 2024
Compliant

TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

7.14.6 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or monitoring system that indicates tire pressure.

Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured. This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900
standards effective at time of
contract execution.
0801909
Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0601010
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0601009
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Aerials

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
forward of the left side rear tire and forward of the right side rear tire .
0821337
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem
Rear Axle, Tak-4, NFPA 1900/ULC

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels (rear axle of tandems). A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel sensor will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti- lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0581433
Brakes, Bendix, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

7.00"
The rear brakes will be Bendix®, Model ES1657D, 16.50" x 7.00" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.
0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
0000789
Brake Reservoirs, Five

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Bendix dual brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of
6,653
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve will be provided to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (
550
kPa).

Quarter turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted
same as frame color
.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 9 973
Bid #:
673
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0070790
Brake Lines, Nyl w/Wire Reinf At Ea
Brake Chamber

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.

High pressure, wire braid reinforced air lines will be provided from the frame to each brake chamber.

The brake lines will not be painted.
0813346
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
Two (
2 ) air inlets/outlets
will be installed with the female coupling located
on the driver side pump
panel and on the passenger side pump panel
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the
outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a
1/4
turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0070810
All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0000845
Air Tank, Additional for Extra Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK
An additional air tank with
1454
cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the main air brake system. This tank will be plumbed into the rear half of the brake system.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour spray test. To reduce the
effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted
same as frame color
.

The output flow of the engine air compressor will vary with engine rpm. Full compressor output will only be achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed will be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0612549
Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Tandem Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
0811976
Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity,
PUC-NG
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X
15 Power:
565
hp at
1700
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1150
rpm
Governed Speed:
2100
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
912
cubic inches (

14.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT+
™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-
4 10
W
30 oil as required by Cummins.
0000000
STF
Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730808
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 10 973
Bid #:
674
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0657451
Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A
1,500
watt,
120
volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0123135
Air Intake, w/Ember separator,
Imp/Vel

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto- molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle.
0814375
Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with
the body rub rail
. The exhaust pipes will be
aluminized steel
.

There will be
an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser
with
a standard straight tip on the end
provided
to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0816172
Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent
Bladder, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
An adapter for the Plymovent bladder exhaust extraction system will be provided on the end of the tail pipe.
0787999
Radiator, Impel/Velocity

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers.

The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of
1434
square inches. Supply tank made of
glass-reinforced nylon and a return tank of cast aluminum alloy will be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators.

The radiator assembly will include an integral de-aeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote-mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a
15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 11 973
Bid #:
675
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0511425
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

0.75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A

0.50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001128
Lines, Fuel, Wire Braided, Reusable
Fittings
All fuel lines will be of the wire braided type. Reusable fittings will be provided. 0618791
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, LS Fill,
Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle
Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the left side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located below the air bottle storage behind a common door on the left side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.51 to

1.00 2
nd

1.91 to

1.00 3
rd

1.43 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 6
th

0.64 to

1.00 R

4.80 to

1.00 12
973
Bid #:
676
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0517604
Transmission Programming, Park to
Neutral, PUC

TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety. 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0801876
Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES- 668
heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0001544
Not Required, Steering Assist
Cylinder on Front Axle

0509230
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

CLOVIS
The second row of text will be:

FIRE
The third row of text will be:

DEPARTMENT
0123623
Bumper, 13" Extended, Imp/Vel

BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece, ten (
10 ) gauge,
304-2
B type polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of

10.00 "
high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000
psi tensile steel
"C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength. The bumper will be extended

13.00 " from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0616511
Tray, Hose, Center, 13" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, Imp/Vel

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of
100
' of

1.50 " double jacket cotton-polyester hose
.

Black rubber grating
will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0616872
Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, Drop
Down Bumper
Center Tray Cover
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center tray.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

The drop down bumper will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm
will
hold the cover in the open position.
13 973
Bid #:
677
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0510226
Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573
Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
0652415
Bumper, Drop Down Hinged Section,
Two (2) Paddle Latches

HINGED BUMPER
The
Center, Match Job
33607
section(s) of the bumper will be hinged at the bottom. Hinged section(s) will be secured with two (
2 ) stainless steel paddle latches.
14 973
Bid #:
678
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0668313
Cab, Velocity FR, 7010 Raised Roof
w/Notch, PUC
CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing.

To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of

0.25 " heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A
356
-T
6 aluminum joint casting.

The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from

0.25 " heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall
will be constructed of two (
2 )

4.00 " x

2.00 " outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

3.00 " x

2.00 "
inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to

7.50 " x

3.50 " x

0.125
" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.75 " thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.25 " thick firewall, covered with a

0.125
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.38 "), and reinforced with

24.50 " wide x

10.00 " deep x

0.50 " thick
supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar,

0.25 " firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.1875
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.44 " of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three ( 3 )

0.50 "
plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the

0.1875
" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be a full-tilt style. A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be

70.00 " long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately
102.00
". The crew cab section will have a

10.00 " raised roof, with an overall cab
height of approximately
112.00
". The raised portion will start at the most forward point of the B- pillar and continue rearward to the back of the cab. The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight.

Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The raised roof section of the crew cab will have a

58.00 " wide x

10.00 " high square notch in the
center section of the roof. This will allow the aerial device to be bedded in the same location as a non-raised roof.

The cab will have an interior width of not less than

93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating
positions will have a minimum

24.00 " clear width at knee level.

To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided.

The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than

60.25 ". The floor-to-ceiling
height inside the crew cab will be no less than

52.95 " in the center position and

68.75 " in the
outboard positions.

The crew cab will measure a minimum of

57.50 " from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.

CAB PUMP ENCLOSURE
The rear of the cab will be made to house the fire pump below the forward facing crew cab seats.

The cab side panels will be notched to accommodate the pump panel.

FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece, safety glass windshield with more than
2,802
square inches of clear viewing area
will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The

0.114
" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be

21.65 " long and together will clear a
minimum of
1,783
square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.

The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.

FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two ( 2 )
fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS
113
(Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will
be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (
2 )-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
15 973
Bid #:
679
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0894910
Engine Tunnel, Foil Insulation
w/Mech Fasteners, Imp/Vel FR, w/T3
Rear Axle

ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of

0.50 " aluminum
plate that is welded to both the

0.25 " firewall and

0.38 " heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab
floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a

1.00 " thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be - 40 degrees
Fahrenheit to
300
degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0818272
Cab Insulation, Extreme Climate, Foil
Insulation, Impel/Velocity

INSULATION PACKAGE
All insulation utilized in the cab construction will be provided for extreme climate temperatures.

The insulation will be provided in the following areas:

Engine tunnel
Cab and crew cab floors
Cab and crew cab step wells
Cab and crew cab doors
Cab roof
Cab and crew cab walls
0677478
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum
Treadplate

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual
Override, Imp/Vel

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.

The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch.

For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from

2.00 ' (coiled) to

6.00 ' (extended).

The cab will be capable of tilting
42 degrees and
80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate
engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located

46.00 " apart to provide stability
while tilting the cab.

The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (
2 )-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook
mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual

2.25 "
diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0123176
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Velocity
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator.
0895029
SP
Scuffplate, Rear of Engine Tunnel,
Footrest, IPOS

SCUFFPLATE
A
bright aluminum treadplate
scuffplate will be provided on the lower surface where the floor meets the engine tunnel. The scuffplate will extend

6.00 " flat from the engine tunnel wireway with
a
45 degree angle to the cab floor to act as a foot rest.

The scuffplate will be caulked and edges sealed over the crew cab floor. 0796053
SP
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab, 2.00"

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a

2.00 "
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on
the striker side of the jamb.
0527032
Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face,
Rect Lights, Velocity

FRONT CAB TRIM
A band of
22 gauge
polished stainless steel
trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (
2 )-sided tape. A

0.625
" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band.

There will be
polished stainless steel corner covers
provided over the painted cab corner where
the cab turn signals are located.
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

16 973
Bid #:
680
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0012188
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex

MIRRORS
Velvac®, Model
2025
, low mount chrome mirrors will be mounted, one (
1 ) on each of the cab
doors. The mirror will include a replaceable
62 square inch flat glass and a
30 square inch convex
glass. Overall mirror dimensions will be

8.50 " wide x

13.75 " high. Mirror head will have a highly
polished chrome finish.

Both flat mirror heads will be adjustable by an electric remote control switch inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. Convex mirror heads will be adjusted manually.

The mirror heads will also be heated with the control within easy reach of the driver.

The Velvac
two (
2 )-year
warranty on material and workmanship and
two (
2 )-year
warranty on
chrome finish will be provided.
0667921
Door, Half-Height, Velocity FR 4-Door
Cab, Raised Roof

CAB DOORS
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of

43.59 " wide x

64.71 " high. The
crew cab doors will measure a minimum of

37.87 " wide x

73.75 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.125
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

The forward cab door windows will include a

7.50 " high x

10.00 " wide drop area at the front to
enhance visibility.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655511
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable.
0667905
Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Overhead, Impel/Velocity
FR

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be

5.63 " wide x

2.00 "
high x

4.00 " deep. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available mounting locations of the overhead console.
0667902
Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab
Doors, Impel/Velocity FR

ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will be located on the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The
driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.

The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position. 0662776
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
Conceal Switch Feature, Imp/Vel

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and passenger doors will have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock knob) built into the interior door latch that will control all front and rear side exit door locks.

Each rear cab door will have its own lock control. Each door will have a keyed exterior lock mechanism built into the door handle assembly.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located
Under the front hood next to the cab lift remote
.

The lock system will include two (
2 ) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant.
17 973
Bid #:
681
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0512420
Key Pad, Electric Door locks, DS &
PS, Imp/Vel

KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two ( 2 ) keypads provided, located one
each side of the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3000
possible code
combinations.
0799676
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Automatic, Air,
Imp/Vel

STEPS, POWER
The cab entrance steps will automatically deploy when the door is opened and will stow when the door is closed. Step motion will be operated by a switch on the cab doorframe that activates both the up and down operation of the steps. Steps will be of a robust aluminum design capable of supporting a
500
lb load when deployed, with minimal deflection. Step surfaces will be covered with aggressive slip resistant material that complies with current edition of applicable NFPA standards. When deployed, each step will provide vertical step spacing of approximately

14.00 ".

Steps will be illuminated for safe entry and egress. Each step will be capable of being manually deployed or stowed in the event of a power failure.

The air system will be integrated into the chassis air system. A redundant 12 volt compressor will
be provided as a backup air source if needed.

The vertical surface of the stowed power step mechanism will be covered with aluminum trim panels painted job color.
0770194
Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A

1.25 " diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0809508
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED, 4Lts, 4-Door Cab, Auto
Steps

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) white P
25 LED step lights provided. There will be one (
1 ) light installed at
each cab and access crew cab door.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140
Fenders, S/S on Cab

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0592071
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab,
Vel/Imp
0568605
Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab
Side Windows
0012090
Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0509286
Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel
0558334
Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear
Windows, No Rear Windows

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786286
Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Right Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786294
Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Left Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 18 973
Bid #:
682
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0509902
Roof, Aluminum Treadplate, Imp/Vel,
Aerial

CAB ROOF COVERING
Horizontal cab roof surfaces, on each side of the aerial device, will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. The aluminum treadplate will be bonded to the cab. Edges will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under the aluminum.

No front or side warning lights, or any other auxiliary options, will be mounted on top of the treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to all objects mounted on the roof. 0123686
Drip Rail, Cab Roof,
Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect
100, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

CAB AIR FILTRATION
The vehicle will be equipped with a CrewProtect
™
air filtration system to provide purification of
the interior air of the cab and crew cab. The multi-stage filtration system will remove particulates, violate organic compounds, aerosol carrying viruses and bacteria from the air.

System Construction
The housing will be constructed of powder coated stainless steel and will be

12.00 " wide x

4.50 "
high x

20.00 " long. The angled surface will be provided with an additional

2.00 " of clearance for
air flow. The unit will be mounted
on top of the rear facing left side cabinet
.

There will be one (
1 ) filter installed in the unit. The expected filter life will be no less than 1,800

active hours of usage (
6 months). There will be
one (
1 ) additional filter for replacement year one

shipped loose with the unit. The filter will be designed to neutralize harmful chemical contaminants and is safe to discard as normal trash with no special handling requirements.

System Operating Conditions
CrewProtect will automatically run when the truck is operating. And will not be required to turn on or off
or adjust the flow rate. The fan will operate at
100
CFMs and only

60.2 decibels.

Electrical Wiring/Function
The system will be ignition powered from the
12 VDC vehicle power supply. The system will draw
a maximum of
2 amps and have a
5 -amp integrated fuse in the wire harness.
0750682
SP
Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full Eng
Tnl, Flat, Lower Rear, Vel/Imp FR

WORK SURFACE
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will be cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of .
19 " aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment.

The work surface will be approximately

37.00 " wide x

48.00 " long, with a cutout for the driver side
instrument panel. The work surface will start to the rear of the center instrument panel and continue horizontally to the flat portion at the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will drop to the lower flat portion of the engine tunnel and finish at the end of the engine tunnel. The work surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0657934
Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
tray(s) for mounting of equipment located
Mounted on top of radio
equipment tray located on the horizontal surface of the rear engine tunnel, just above fluid check access door. Match Job
38442
.

Each tray will have a

3.00 "
lip on all sides.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 19 973
Bid #:
683
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0748673
Cab Interior, Vinyl, Scuffplate Rear
Wall, Velocity FR, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.

The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable.

The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.

To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided.

To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.

To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel and side walls will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. The rear wall will be covered with a
full width, full height aluminum treadplate scuffplate
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.

The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
. All cab interior materials will meet
FMVSS
302
(flammability of interior materials).
0667943
Cab Interior, Paint Color,
Impel/Velocity FR

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:

Modesty panel in front of driver
Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of the officer
Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint
.
0698741
Floor, Alum Cab & Crew Cab - 2010
AXT/Imp/Vel, Wrap Vertical Surfaces,
CARE

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab flooring will be constructed with bright aluminum treadplate. The vertical surfaces at the top of the step wells and the vertical area where the center floor rises will be covered with aluminum treadplate. The center floor and crew cab flat floor will wrap down the vertical surface with a one (
1 ) piece design floor covering. The front cab floor will stop short of the wire raceway. The side of the raceway will be made of treadplate, down the vertical surface for a one (
1 ) piece design cover. The driver and passenger sides of the crew cab floor will wrap down the vertical surface at the top of the step wells as one ( 1 ) piece.
20 973
Bid #:
684
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0741239
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Impel/Velocity

FR, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
one (
1 )
31,000
BTU auxiliary heater with
560
SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure to be used to transfer heat to the forward positions .

Air Conditioning
A

19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to
match the cab roof
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

The drain tubes will terminate under the cab, on the inboard side of the front wheelwells. 0833794
SP
MODIFICATION, Aux. AC System
Battery Direct IPO Battery Switched

MODIFICATION
The auxiliary air conditioning system will be wired battery direct in place of battery switched. The auxiliary air conditioner will operate with the shoreline plugged in and the battery switch off. 0769562
SP
Air Conditioning, Coleman-Mach 8,
Roughneck, 120V, 15K Cool, Ntch
Cab Roof,White
120

VOLT AIR CONDITIONING
There will be one (
1 ) white, Coleman®-Mach®
8 , Roughneck
™,
120
volt, low profile air
conditioning unit installed on the crew cab roof. The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 15,000
BTU and include a condensate pump and hose to prevent accumulation of condensate on the roof.

A wall mounted digital thermostat
will control the air conditioning unit.

The thermostat will be wired battery direct to operate when the battery switch is off.

This unit will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The walls and roof will be insulated to aid in cooling. 0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
21 973
Bid #:
685
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0548173
Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger
Door Post, Imp/Vel

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0693439
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR,
3" LED Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised or when the dip stick door is opened.
0122516
Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0002508
Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
map box(es) with three (
3 ) bins, open at top. The map box(es) will be
installed at final inspection
. The map box(es) will be divided into three (
3 ) bins, each being

12.50 "
wide x

3.00 " high x

12.00 " deep. Each bin will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box(es)
will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0895291
SP
Map Pocket, Painted Alum, 13 W x
12 H x 3 D, Ea, No Cutout, Open Top
and Bottom

MAP POCKET
There will be
one (
1 )
map pocket(s) provided. The map pocket(s) will be installed To Be Mounted
At Pick-up
. The pocket will have dimensions of

13.00 " wide x

12.00 " high x

3.00 " deep
constructed of aluminum and painted to match the inside of the cab. The pocket will be open at the top and bottom. Mounting flanges will be provided on the left and right side only. There will be no cutout provided on the top of the pocket.
0583040
Frontal Impact Protection

FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION
The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three ( 3 )-point seat
belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (
3 )-point seat belt.

Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event.

Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event.

The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag.

Passenger side knee bolster air bag.

Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position.

Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. 0622618
Seating Capacity, 5 Belted Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be five (
5 ).
22 973
Bid #:
686
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0697006
Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Frontal Impact,

PRIMARY

DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS
6 ® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (
15 degrees), height (

1.75 " travel) and horizontal (

7.00 " travel) position. Electric
controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees
back to
45 degrees forward. Providing for maximum comfort, the seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum

7.50 "
deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The lumbar adjustment lever will be easily located at the lower outboard position of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system:

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0696993
Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Frontal Impact,

PRIMARY

OFFICER SEAT
A Pierce PS
6 ® seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to
0 degrees
forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum

7.50 " deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the frontal impact protection system:

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517
Not Required, Radio Compartment
0805711
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 24 W x 32
H x 30.5 D, Radius, Ext Acc, Imp/Vel

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position with interior and exterior access.

The cabinet will be

24.00 " wide x

32.00 " high x

30.50 " deep with
one (
1 ) Amdor rollup door with
anodized finish, non-locking
, radius track style. That is, it will travel over the top and down the back of the cabinet. Front top corners of the cabinet will be radiused. This will allow access through the front and top section of the cabinet. A shield will be installed to keep items in this cabinet from falling into the door tracking area and jamming the door. The frame to frame opening will be

19.25 " wide x

31.75 " high. The minimum clear door opening will be

16.50 " wide x

29.25 "
high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " flanged down lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will also provide exterior access with
one (
1 ) double pan door painted to match the
cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with
#751
key
. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be provided as a
door stop. The clear door opening will

19.75 " wide x

28.00 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
23 973
Bid #:
687
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0833781
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 21.5 W x
32 H x 30.5 D, Radius, Ext Acc,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

21.50 " wide x

32.00 " high x

30.50 " deep with
one (
1 ) Amdor rollup door with
anodized finish, non-locking
, radius track style. That is, it will travel over the top and down the back of the compartment. Front top corners of the compartment will be radiused. This will allow access through the front and top section of the compartment. A shield will be installed to keep items in this cabinet from falling into the door tracking area and jamming the door. The frame to frame opening will be

16.75 " wide x

31.75 " high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be

14.00 " wide x

29.25 " high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " flanged down lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (
1 ) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking, black finish D-ring latch with #751
key
. A
pneumatic stay
arm
will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be

19.75 " wide x

29.75 "
high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0199330
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Pierce PS6, Base, SCBA, Foldup,

SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, Pierce PS
6 ® foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard
position in the crew cab. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with
0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe
operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0123166
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) Pierce
PS6, Premium, Hi-Back,

SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, Pierce PS
6 ® seat provided at the center position in the crew
cab. The seat back will be a high back style with

7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include
minimum

7.50 " deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0199329
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PS6, Base, SCBA, Foldup,

SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, foldup, Pierce PS
6 ® seat provided at the passenger side
outboard position in the crew cab. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of
the seat back and the seat back will be provided with
0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe
operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0895321
SP
Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Top Eng Tnl, 41 W
x 4 H x 17 D,Open Top,Flng,Sp
Mtg,Imp/Vel FR

CABINET ON TOP OF ENGINE TUNNEL
A cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel. The cabinet will be located on the top rear horizontal surface of the engine tunnel. The left side of the cabinet will align with the left side edge of the tunnel. The right side of the cabinet will extend past the edge of the tunnel.

The cabinet will be

41.00 " wide x

4.00 " high x

17.00 " deep with access from the top. The top of
the cabinet will have

1.00 " flanges provided along the top edges. There will be no door provided.

The cabinet will have
louvers provided on the right side of the cabinet for ventilation, louvers provided on the left side of the cabinet for ventilation and louvers provided on the front of the cabinet for ventilation
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0796234
SP
Wiring Holes, 2", Grommets, Cab
Compartments

WIRING HOLES
There will be
one (
1 )
wire chase holes,

2.00 " in diameter, with grommets provided
Radio
Equipment Storage tray in the right forward corner. Match Job 38442
.
24 973
Bid #:
688
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0726634
SP
Guard, Radius Door Curve, EMS
Cabinet
GUARD
There will be one (
1 ) guard, designed to protect the curve of a radius roll-up door from damage while retracting. The guard will be provided above the standard guard in each EMS compartment located
One (
1 ) DS EMS Cabinet One (
1 ) PS EMS Cabinet Match Job
38442
. There will be a
total of
two (
2 )
guard(s) provided.

The guard will be painted to match the cabinet interior. 0723980
SP
Location, Cabinet Light

LIGHT MOUNTING LOCATION
There will be
two (
2 )
light(s) mounted
One (
1 ) DS EMS Cabinet One (
1 ) PS EMS Cabinet
in
Please Match Job
38442
compartment(s).
0612938
Compt, Storage, (2) Rear Facing,
Overhead, 9 W x 10 H x 20 D,
Imp/Vel FR Notch

REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (
2 ) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on each side of the aerial notch. The compartments will be approximately

9.00 " wide x

10.00 " high x

20.00 " deep at the bottom.

Each compartment will include one (
1 ) lift up compartment door.

Non-locking latch
, paddle
handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed horizontally
above each compartment door opening
.
0766467
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
resistant to oil, grease and
mildew. The cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have five (
5 )
seating positions.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
two (
2 )
SCBA brackets.
0603867
Seat Belt, ReadyReach

SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red
seat belts.

To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S 515

standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.
0604864
Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 5 Seats,
Imp/Vel

SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.

A total of five (
5 ) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0817557
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 ,
requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647
Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) dual LED dome lights with
black
bezels provided. Two (
2 ) lights will be
mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will be installed and
located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

All dome lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards per seating position.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
25 973
Bid #:
689
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0628472
Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson
M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch
2lts

OVERHEAD MAP LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Peterson, Model M
371
S, rectangular LED adjustable map lights installed in
the cab:

One (
1 ) overhead in front of the driving position.

One (
1 ) overhead in front of the passenger's position.

Each light will include a switch on the light housing.

The light switches will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.
0626097
Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount

MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Sunnex®, HS
76 *-
00 , halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located
serving the officer side and match
31721
. Each map light will have a
square

base with an
on/off switch
.

The light(s) will also be provided with
no additional accessory
.

The light switch(es) will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.
0816997
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0568369
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary.

The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor
vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
High volts (
15 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very high volts (
16 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low fuel (
1/32
) fuel
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
26 973
Bid #:
690
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for
3 to
5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode.

Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.

Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (
3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held.

The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.

High idle engagement switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch with integral
indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position.

The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for
3 to
5 seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (
2 )-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the
4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch
position will activate the
4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international
4 -way hazard symbol.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four ( 4 )
switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four ( 4 ) switch panels in
the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two ( 2 ) switch panels in the engine
tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light 27 973
Bid #:
691
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
applications.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0656362
Alarm, Directionals In Cab, MUX

- A Floyd Bell audible alarm will be provided in the cab to indicate when either directional light is activated.
0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone
alarm
when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
28 973
Bid #:
692
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0611681
Switching, Cab, Membrane,
Impel/Velocity, AXT WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the
driver side overhead
to allow for easy access.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0555915
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (
1 )-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch.

The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
0731813
Hour Meter, Aerial, Included in
Information Centers, ASL, AAT, ASP

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
The following aerial hour meter messages will be included in the information centers:

Aerial Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial device is in motion.

Aerial PTO Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial master switch is on and the aerial PTO is engaged.
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

AERIAL PTO SWITCH
A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. 0562101
Wire, 14-ga. Spare, Dual Wire, pair
1st
14 GAUGE SPARE WIRE
There will be a pair of
14 gauge wires, one (
1 ) with black insulation and one (
1 ) with white
insulation, included in a separate loom installed in the apparatus.

These wires will be routed from
Coiled Behind Recessed Dash
and extended to
Cab Main Fuse
Box
.

These wires will not be connected to any power source and will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
0562103
Wire, 14-ga. Spare, Dual Wire, pair
2nd
14 GAUGE SPARE WIRE
There will be a pair of
14 gauge wires, one (
1 ) with black insulation and one (
1 ) with white
insulation, included in a separate loom installed in the apparatus.

These wires will be routed from
Coiled in Radio Equipment Cabinet
and extended to
Cab Main
Fuse Box
.

These wires will not be connected to any power source and will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
0794569
SP
Wire, 12-ga. Spare, Dual Wire 2nd

12 GAUGE SPARE WIRE
There will be a pair of
12 gauge wires, one (
1 ) with black insulation and one (
1 ) with white
insulation, included in a separate loom installed in the apparatus.

These wires will be routed from
RS
7 - w/
48 " Coil
and extended to
Cab Fuse Panel
.

These wires will not be connected to any power source and will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
0821263
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (
1 ) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying
20 amps.

Power and ground will terminate
Radio Equipment Cabinet (Option
895321
) at rear of engine
tunnel, please provide a
2 ' coil within cabinet
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5026
,
12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight
blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
29 973
Bid #:
693
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0821302
Wiring, Spare,12V DC, USB-A & C,
Kussmaul 091-264 Cab Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying
6 amps.

Power and ground will terminate in the cab/crewcab
Mounted flush on the vertical surface of the
Radio Equipment Cabinet (Option
895321
) located on top of the engine tunnel rear work surface.

Mount on the drivers side as far back towards the rear corner as possible facing outboard towards the EMS cabinet.
.

Termination will be a Kussmaul part number
091-264
switch panel dual USB-A,
18 watt and USB-
C,
45 watt SVR, charger socket.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821329
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir
1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (
1 ) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying
10 amps.

Power and ground will terminate
Coiled behind panel position B overhead and labeled "Mobile Radio Repeater"
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0826636
Wiring, Spare, (1) 15A 12V DC, Multi
Loc, Cab, B+, 1st, NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUITS
There will be one (
1 ) shared
15 amp circuit, including a positive and a negative wire, dropped out in multiple locations on the apparatus. All dropout locations will be wired in a parallel configuration.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
10 amps
The spare wiring circuit will be located and terminated as follows:

Spare circuit drop
#1
will
Outboard of PS Crew Cab Seat Riser (Match
38442
)
and termination
with heat shrinkable butt splices at the wire end
Spare circuit drop
#2
will
Outboard of DS Crew Cab Seat Riser (Match
38442
)
and termination
with heat shrinkable butt splices at the wire end
Spare circuit drop
#3
will
be located in the cab behind the left side seat
and termination
with heat
shrinkable butt splices at the wire end
Spare circuit drop
#4
will
be located in the cab behind the right side seat
and termination
with
heat shrinkable butt splices at the wire end
Spare circuit drop
#5
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Spare circuit drop
#6
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0830360
Wiring, Spare, (1) 15A 12V DC, Multi
Loc, Cab, B+, 2nd, NFPA1900/ULC

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
10 amps.

The spare wiring circuit will be located and terminated as follows:

Spare circuit drop
#1
will
be located in the cab dash on the right side
and termination
with a panel
mount style Type-A & Type-C dual USB socket with cover at the wire end Spare circuit drop
#2
will
Engine Tunnel (Match Job
38442
)
and termination
with a panel mount
style Type-A & Type-C dual USB socket with cover at the wire end Spare circuit drop
#3
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Spare circuit drop
#4
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Spare circuit drop
#5
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Spare circuit drop
#6
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0566101
Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side,
Vel/Imp

DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be

7.25 " down x

7.81 " back and

20.88 " wide.
30 973
Bid #:
694
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed
within reach of the officer
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 "
speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will be
a
roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following Jensen features will be included:
180
watts max power (
45 W x
4 );
100
watts RMS (
25 W x
4 )
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A
2 DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with
30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0679284
Switch, 12V (Inst Pnl), AM/FM Radio,
Off Switch, Auto On

SWITCH, MASTER, AM/FM RADIO
There will be a remote switch provided inside the cab to control the AM/FM radio. The switch will be installed
Switch Panel
8 , top row, far right switch.
. The radio will automatically turn on with
when the battery switch is turned on.
0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
31 973
Bid #:
695
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734854
Collision Mitigation, Not Requested

32 973
Bid #:
696
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0606248
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor, Unique Alarm

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. The alarm will have a unique sound that will be different than all other alarm sounds on the vehicle. A "Seat Belt Alarm" label will be provided above this buzzer.
0833707
SP
Intercom, Setcom 950MAX, 6-Pos, 2-
Radio, D,O,3C Wired, 1 Wireless

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A intercom system will be provided with a wireless charging drop for the driver. The drivers wireless will be provided with the intercom mixer. There will be a wired driver and officers position. The driver, officer and positions will have radio transmit capabilities. The officer will have a Remote Push To Talk button located
Officers Side Center Console - Above switch position
126

(Airhorn). Match Job
37059
. The Three (
3 ) crew cab positions will be provided with wired radio listen / intercom only headsets.

The following Setcom, MS-
950
MAX components will be supplied with this system:

One (
1 ) IM-
950
Max intercom/radio mixer with one wireless position
One (
1 ) JS-
901-20
Dual jump seat station w/exp port+ (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) PBS-
950-20
Enclosure mounted Push To Talk (Officer position)
Two (
2 ) ES-
900-15
extension station (Driver, Third Crew)
All required cable
0793667
Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface,
Setcom 950, 1 Radio

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE
The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install one ( 1 ) radio interface cable before delivery of
the vehicle.

The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be:

Bendix King
, Model
KNG-M
150
R
0620273
Headset, Setcom, CSB-900L-1
Behind The Head, Radio Transmit,
Left Cord, Gel

BEHIND THE HEAD RADIO TRANSMIT HEADSET
There will be
one (
1 )
Setcom, Model CSB-
900
L-
1 , behind the head, radio transmit headset(s)
provided
Officers Position, See Intercom Layout Drawing
.

Each headset will feature:

Dual-speaker headset with a noise reduction rating of
24 dB
Radio Push To Talk (Push On, Push Off)
Intercom always live
Volume control in the headset cup (left dress coil cord) Cut-away ear cups allow headset to be worn under most helmets Waterproof, flexible-boom microphone
Gel ear seals
0620275
Headset, Setcom, CSB-901L-1
Behind The Head, Intercom Only, Left
Cord, Gel

BEHIND THE HEAD INTERCOM ONLY HEADSET
There will be
two (
2 )
Setcom, Model CSB-
901
L-
1 , behind the head, intercom only headset(s)
provided
Crew Cab Area, see Intercom Layout Drawing. Headset Jack to be mounted high on back wall with the jack facing down. Match Job
38442
.

Each headset will feature:

Dual-speaker headset with a noise reduction rating of
24 dB
Momentary push-to-talk button & volume control in the headset cup (left dress coil cord) Cut-away ear cups allow headset to be worn under most helmets Waterproof, flexible-boom microphone
Gel ear seals
33 973
Bid #:
697
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0620281
Headset, Setcom, CSB-901R-1
Behind The Head, Intercom Only,
Right Cord, Gel

BEHIND THE HEAD INTERCOM ONLY HEADSET
There will be
one (
1 )
Setcom, Model CSB-
901
R-
1 , behind the head, intercom only headset(s)
provided
Crew Cab Area, see Intercom Layout Drawing. Headset Jack to be mounted high on back wall with the jack facing down. Match Job
38442
.

Each headset will feature:

Dual-speaker headset with a noise reduction rating of
24 dB
Momentary push-to-talk button & volume control in the headset cup (right dress coil cord) Cut-away ear cups allow headset to be worn under most helmets Waterproof, flexible-boom microphone
Gel ear seals
0619798
Headset, Setcom, CSB-900R-1
Behind The Head, Radio Transmit,
Right Cord, Gel

BEHIND THE HEAD RADIO TRANSMIT HEADSET
There will be
one (
1 )
Setcom, Model CSB-
900
R-
1 , behind the head, radio transmit headset(s)
provided
Drivers Position, See Intercom Layout Drawing
.

Each headset will feature:

Dual-speaker headset with a noise reduction rating of
24 dB
Radio Push To Talk (Push On, Push Off)
Intercom always live
Volume control in the headset cup (Right dress coil cord) Cut-away ear cups allow headset to be worn under most helmets Waterproof, flexible-boom microphone
Gel ear seals
0891619
Headset, Setcom, CSB-900MAX-16,
Wireless, Radio Transmit

WIRELESS INTERCOM HEADSET
There will be
one (
1 )
Setcom, Model CSB-
900
MAX-
16 , headset(s) provided
Behind Officers Seat,
inboard towards Engine Tunnel. See Intercom Layout Drawing . Each headset location will include
a
12 volt DC charging pigtail with plug.

Each headset will feature:

Radio Transmit for LibMAX system
Number of Users per Channel seven (
7 )
Channels / Talk Groups sixteen (
16 )
Dual Ear Muff-Behind the Head
Always Live on Intercom
Radio Push-to-Talk and Volume Control in the Headset
0819255
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
six (
6 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard
forward facing seat, passenger's side inboard rear facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and rear, center, forward facing seat
. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of
applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0821619
Switch, AM/FM Radio, Location, Non-
Bat Direct NFPA/ULC 2024

REMOTE ON/OFF SWITCH FOR AM/FM RADIO
A remote, radio on/off switch will be located
Switch Assembly
#8
. The switch power will be
directly
to the battery switched power
.
0559156
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed
per approved dash panel layout, match job
31721
per the
shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0559508
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio Remote Head Cable

TWO-WAY RADIO CABLE INSTALLATION
There will be
two (
2 )
customer supplied two-way radio remote head cable(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer for installation. The cable will be run One (
1 )
from Radio Equipment compartment (Option
895321
) on of engine tunnel to location
5 in the
overhead. One (
1 ) from Radio Equipment Compartment (Option
895321
) on top of engine tunnel
to Panel Position B in the Officers Side Overhead. Match 38442
.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0000000
STF
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s), Clovis Fire

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be two (
2 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to GSFA for installation. Clovis FD

0003757
Antenna, Std and Add'l Mts Only, 2-
way Radio,Cust,Spl Cable Routing

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
five (
5 )
standard antenna-mounting base(s), Model MATM, with
17 feet of coax
cable and weatherproof cap provided for a two (
2 )-way radio installation. The standard mount will
be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located
(
3 ) in the radio equipment compartment at rear of engine tunnel(mark VHF) ( 1 ) above the
officer (mark UHF and
800
Mhz) (
1 ) inside the crew cab forward facing seat base (mark SPARE) .

The cable(s) will be routed
on the cab roof, please maintain
18 " behind the lightbar and
18 " in
between mounts if possible
.
34 973
Bid #:
698
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0817058
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control located behind the driver seat
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831
Not Required, Camera Switcher
Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0674566
Location, Rear Vision Camera

REAR CAMERA LOCATION
The rear camera will be located
mounted to the under side of the rear full width bracket over the ladder storage compartment door
.
0896458
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System, Vel
WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process. 35 973
Bid #:
699
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
white WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
36 973
Bid #:
700
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0730603
Electrical System, Velocity ESP,
Cummins, Paccar

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0098833
Batteries, (5) Deka Grp 31, 1000
CCA each, 1 Iso Bat, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
Five (
5 )
12 volt, Deka, Model
1231
MF, maintenance free group
31 batteries that include the
following features, each, will be provided:
1000
CCA (cold cranking amps)
185
reserve capacity
High cycle
Ref. CA of
1190
at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
185
reserve capacity
Threaded studs

ISOLATED BATTERY
One (
1 )
12 volt, Deka, Model
1231
MF, battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components.

A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the battery capacity will be supplied. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0123174
Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16
" steel
plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three ( 3 ) group
31 batteries in each
compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0803511
Not Required - Battery Charger
Included In Inverter/Charger Category
37 973
Bid #:
701
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0831848
SP
Inverter/Battery Charger, Vanner,
ITC12-3200 3200W, Non-NFPA 2024,
80 Amp

INVERTER / BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Vanner Model ITC
12-3200

3200
inverter/charger with internal
30 A transfer relay
provided. The inverter will provide
3200
continuous watts of
120
VAC modified sine wave power.

The inverter will be connected battery direct through proper fusing and also to AC shoreline power. A load management solenoid will be installed between the battery and the inverter. The inverter will be connected to power when the battery switch is on and system voltage is above the low voltage threshold or when the shoreline is connected.

When the shoreline is connected to the truck, the internal auto transfer switch will allow AC shoreline power to pass through the inverter to the AC loads connected to the inverter.

When the shoreline is connected to the truck, the battery charger function will be active.

A master on/off switch will be provided
on the inverter
.

Per NFPA
1900
,
2024
Edition

21.5.5 :

The alternator and/or battery system will be adequate to provide power for continuous operation for a minimum of
2 hours at full output.

Per the fire department specifications, if all DC loads on the NFPA required electrical analysis report are active, the alternator cannot provide adequate power for continuous operation for 2 hours. The apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1900
standards at time of contract
execution.

The load management system will activate in low voltage situations, and the inverter will be de- energized until chassis electrical system voltage recovers. 0814986
Location, Body, Inverter/Battery
Charger, Forward Compartment, RS
The battery charger/inverter will be located in the right side forward body compartment located on
the back wall as low as practical
.
0812411
Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries

BATTERY CHARGE DISPLAY
There will be one (
1 ) Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-94-12
, universal single battery bank bar graph
display provided.

The display will read voltage direct from the battery system. 0817927
Location, Cab, Ind/Remote Display,
Driver Seat Riser, Next To w/Brkt
The Inverter/battery charger status indication/display(s) will be located next to the driver's seat area with a special bracket.
0888120
SP
Cover, Over Inverter/Battery Charger,
Slide Out Tray Mntd
There will be a
smooth aluminum painted to match the
compartment interior
cover with proper ventilation installed on the
slide out tray to protect the inverter/battery charger when the tray is in the stowed position.
0782026
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Blue Sea Sure
Eject 7851

SHORELINE INLET
There will be
one (
1 )
Blue Sea Sure Eject
™
part number
7851
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline
inlet provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be connected to
Inverter/Charger and Block Heater
.

The
shoreline inlet cover color to be red
.

The connector body will be released from the inlet when the apparatus engine start button is activated.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0813015
Shoreline Location, Blue Sea

SHORE LINE LOCATION
The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0760950
Shoreline Inlet, 20A 120V Blue Sea
Sure Eject 7851

SHORELINE INLET
There will be
one (
1 )
Blue Sea Sure Eject
™
part number
7851
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline
inlet provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be
Left front cab corner above primary shoreline, As High as Possible into the reflective stripe. Match
38442
.

The shoreline will be connected to
Auxiliary air conditioner
.

The
shoreline inlet cover color to be blue
.

The connector body will be released from the inlet when the apparatus engine start button is activated.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
38 973
Bid #:
702
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0604586
SP
Relocate, Rear Command Zone
Power Distribution, Vert, Behind Fuel
Tank, High

RELOCATE, REAR COMMAND ZONE POWER DISTRIBUTION
The command zone modules at the rear of the truck will be relocated to behind the fuel tank. The module will be mounted vertical and as high as possible. 0686615
Set Command Zone Clock To Pacific
Standard Time

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0648425
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts,
Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen
600
® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided.

The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.
39 973
Bid #:
703
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0887414
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Front With
Visor Lt and Cab Frnt Lwr Side
Dir/Mkr

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
The forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light.

The front side clearance lights/directional lights will be included with the lights, directional/marker, cab, front lower side.
0534987
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
33050
R, LED lights used as identification lights
recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0602938
Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp, Rear Body

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at the rear most lower corner of the body. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
40 973
Bid #:
704
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0768459
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012 LED 4Dr, Pwr Step,
Vel/Imp

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,

12.00 " long, white LED lights
provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:

One (
1 ) for the driver's access.

One (
1 ) for the passenger's side front cab access door.

One (
1 ) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.

One (
1 ) for the driver's side crew cab access door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769559
Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumens each,

12.00 " LED weatherproof
strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, centered front to rear as much as possible, one (
1 ) each side.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights.
0768498
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW020 LED 1lt, Turntable
Access

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,

20.00 "
12 volt DC LED strip light provided
under the side turntable access steps.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated
and the parking brake is applied
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0557322
Lights, Step, P25 at Rear Tailboard,
PUC, 4lts Perm Lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) white LED step lights provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step area.

These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0749399
Light, Visor Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on visor bracket(s) hanging off the front of the cab roof over the windshield. The painted parts of
this light assembly to be white
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The additional
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light
modules with white LEDs
.

The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel is on.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
PS
- Roof, Centered on PS EMS Compartment Door
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the roof of
the cab
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

The
marker light included in this light housing to be energized with the headlight switch .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 41 973
Bid #:
705
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
DS
- Roof, Centered on DS EMS Compartment Door
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the roof of
the cab
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The
marker light included in this light housing to be energized with the headlight switch .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, RS Body - Centered above RS
4 on
outside edge of catwalk
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) warning light modules with
red LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, LS Body - Centered above LS
3 on
outside edge of catwalk
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0772848
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16" 12VDC, 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens

16.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with white
LEDs in
flood optics
provided on the body located,
Centered on top of crosslay module RS,
Facing outward
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be activated
by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0772850
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16" 12VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens

16.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with white
LEDs in
flood optics
provided on the body located,
Centered on top of crosslay module LS,
Facing outward
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be activated
by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0898617
Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual Strips,
45 Ends

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) sets of
12 volt DC light strips with white LEDs provided to illuminate the hose bed and under the turntable per the following:

One (
1 ) set of lights installed on the left side of the hose bed.

One (
1 ) set of lights installed on the right side of the hose bed.

There will be a
16 gauge bright stainless steel overhead cover with
45 degreed ends provided
over the lights to protect the lights from the hose and the hose from damaging snags.

The lights will be activated
by a cup switch at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 " from
the ground
.
42 973
Bid #:
706
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0831927
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, MPP**S
Micro Pioneer LED, Ped/Swivel, 2Lts

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model MPP**S, with
painted parts of this light assembly to be
white
LED floodlights and an on/off switch. Each light will be provided with a low profile pedestal/swivel mount provided at the rear of the apparatus.

The lights will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch at the driver's side pump panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead
.
0709438
Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP,

4.00 " round black
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided
to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0788426
Aerial, HD Ladder 107' ASL Tandem,
PUC, Alum Body
0554269
Body Skirt Height, 18"

0618437
Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly,
Ascendant TA, PAL, 3" Notch, HB on
Side, PUC

WATER TANK
It will have a capacity of
500
gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in an L- shape with a notch for hose storage. The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

The tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments. The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of . 38 "
polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding. The transverse partitions extend from 4 " off the bottom to the underside of the
top cover. All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. The tank top will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene. It will be recessed .
38 " and will be welded to the tank sides
and the longitudinal partitions. It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include

2.00 " polypropylene dowels spaced no more than

30.00 " apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (. 50 " diameter,

13.00 " deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .
50 " thick x

3.00 " wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer. 0003405
Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of

0.50 " polypropylene and will be a minimum of

8.00 " wide x

14.00 "
long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a

0.25 " thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of

4.00 " schedule
40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104
Foam Cell Required
0003429
Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0751747
Hose Bed, Aluminum, 2G Aerial

HOSE BED
The hose bed
will be fabricated of .
125
"-
5052
-H
32 aluminum with a nominal
31,000
psi
tensile strength.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

The hose bed will be located ahead of the ladder turntable.

Hose removal will be at the rear of the body via "chutes" under the turntable on the right
side
. Each chute will be enclosed with a full height
smooth aluminum
. There will be a
flush
lift and turn latch
, and a pneumatic cylinder at the top of the door (if applicable).

The hose bed flooring will consist of removable aluminum grating with a top surface that is corrugated to aid in hose aeration.

The grating slats will be

0.50 " x

4.50 " with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. 0723547
Painted Hose Bed/Cargo Area

The hose bed/cargo area interior will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
0003492
Hose Bed Capacity, Special Amount,
Ascendant, 100AAT, PAP, PAL

Hose capacity will be a minimum of
600' of 5" hose in 50' lengths
.
0581819
Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl, Top,
Aerial

HOSE BED HOSE RESTRAINT
A
black
hose bed cover will be furnished with
quarter turn
fasteners at the front and
quarter turn

fasteners on the sides.
43 973
Bid #:
707
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0670766
Running Boards, Flip Out, PUC,
Aerial

RUNNING BOARDS
A running board will be provided on each side of the front body to allow access to the backboard/crosslay storage area. The running boards will be designed with a grip pattern punched into .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and drainage.

The runningboard will have a flip out section design that allows easier access to the full width equipment area above. The flip out section will be tied to the "do not move truck indicator" with a sensor when it is flipped out. There will be a latch provided that secures the flip out section when not in use.

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be

1.25 " diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. - Two (
2 ) handrails will be provided, one above each running board. 0735587
Turntable Steps-Morton Cass,Swing
Down,LS,w/Rsd Ped,Ascend
TA,PAL,PAP,Handhd Cut

TURNTABLE STEPS
Steps to access the turntable from the left side will be provided just behind the compartmentation.

No bottom flip step to be provided.

The bottom step will have a step height not exceeding

24.00 "
from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than

14.00 " from top surface to top surface.

The steps will be a swing-down design, with the stepping area made of Morton Tread-Grip® channel.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

The steps will be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator.

A knurled aluminum handrail will be provided on each side of the access steps.

A hand hold will be provided in the left and right side of each access step. 0889980
Lights, Step (3), P25 LED, One Side

STEP LIGHTS
There will be three (
3 ) white P
25 LED step lights provided for the aerial turntable access steps.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated by
when the aerial master switch is activated
.
0690023
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503
Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for
9000
lb and painted to match the lower job color.
44 973
Bid #:
708
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0013641
Construction, Compt, Alum,
Ascendant Tandem, PAL

COMPARTMENTATION
Compartmentation will be fabricated of

0.125
"
5052
aluminum. The side compartments are an
integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear wheel housings will be provided to prevent rust pockets and for ease of maintenance. Due to the severe loading requirements of this aerial, a method of compartment body support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rail, which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a
500
lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation in front of the rear axle will include a

3.00 " steel support assemblies which
are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one ( 1 )
support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

The compartmentation behind the rear axle will include

3.00 " steel support assemblies which are
bolted to the chassis frame rails and extend underneath to the outside edge of the body. The support assembly will be coated to isolate the dissimilar metals before it is bolted to the body.

There will be one (
1 ) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle. Drip protection is provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. Side compartment tops will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a

1.00 " rolled over edge on the front, rear and
outward side. The covers are fabricated in one (
1 ) piece and have the corners welded. A bright
aluminum treadplate cover will be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury.

The body design has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the compartment body and substructure.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (
1 ) set of louvers stamped into a wall to
provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
0063685
Compt, LS F/H F/D, Dbl Drs, w/o
Chute, Ascendant Tandem, 105 HDL,
100 HAL

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height double door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be approximately

41.75 " wide
x

64.00 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening of approximately

40.00 " wide x

60.50 " high.

One (
1 ) double door compartment above the fender compartments and over the rear axles will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

72.13 " wide x

33.25 " high x

24.25 " deep inside
with a door opening of approximately

65.00 " wide x

29.62 " high.

A compartment with a single pan
smooth aluminum painted to match the upper body color
door
will be located above the front stabilizer. The door will be hinged on the top with pnuematic
cylinder(s)
with a
flush lift and turn latch
. The compartment will be approximately

18.00 " wide x

23.00 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening of approximately

12.00 " wide x

15.75 " high.
0120828
Compt, LS Turntable, F/H F/D, Lap
Drs, Ascendant TA, 105', 8" Rsd,100
HAL
A full height double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be approximately

43.75 " wide x

57.25 " high x

21.25 " deep with a clear door opening will be approximately

42.00 " wide x

53.75 "
high.

One (
1 ) compartment below the turntable with a lift-up door will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

39.38 " wide x

26.38 " high x

21.25 " deep inside with a door opening of
approximately

35.00 " wide x

22.88 " high.
0023672
Compt, IPO Stairs, Not Required, LS

0780433
Compt, RS F/H F/D Frt, Dbl Drs,
Ascend TA, 105', 100 HAL

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height double door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be

41.75 " wide x

64.00 " high
x

24.25 " deep inside with a door opening of

40.00 " wide x

60.50 " high.

One (
1 ) double door compartment will be provided above the fender compartments and over the rear axles. The compartment will be

72.13 " wide x

33.25 " high x

12.00 " deep inside with a door
opening of

65.00 " wide x

29.62 " high.

18.00 " wide x

23.00 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening of approximately

12.00 " wide x

15.75 " high.
0120840
Compt, RS Turntable, F/H, Lap Drs,
Ascendant Tandem, 105', 8" Rsd, 100
HAL
A full height double door compartment, behind the rear wheels, will be

43.75 " wide x

57.25 " high x

21.25 " deep inside the lower

29.75 " and

12.00 " in the upper portion with a door opening of

42.00 "
wide x

53.75 " high.

A compartment below the turntable with a lift-up door will be

39.38 " wide x

26.38 " high x

12.00 "
deep inside with a door opening of

35.00 " wide x

22.88 " high.
45 973
Bid #:
709
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0023670
Compt, IPO Stairs RS, Lap Door

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENT IN PLACE OF TURNTABLE STEPS
A single door compartment in place of turntable stairs

12.00 " deep x

20.88 " wide x

49.25 " high
inside with a clear door opening of

16.50 " wide x

45.75 " high will be provided.
0666799
Doors, Lap with Amdor Rollup Pump
Operator's Compt, Aluminum, Side
Comp, PUC

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and fabricated of .
09 "
5052
H
32 aluminum. Doors will be a minimum of

1.50 " thick. To provide additional door
strength, a C section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .
25 ", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric substance will be applied to each hinge fastener.

All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel D ring handles and Eberhard 106

locks.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the D ring handle and the door.

ROLL-UP DOOR
A roll-up door will be installed on the compartment housing the pump operator's panel. The door will be double faced, aluminum construction,
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion of
the body
and manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand roll-up doors.

The door will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The door will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
. The lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0540787
Stabilizer Compartment, Modified for
18" Stabilizer Penetration

BODY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD
The compartment above the stabilizers (if applicable) will be decreased due to deeper stabilizer depth. The height of the compartment will decrease

4.00 " and the compartment door will move up

4.00 " higher. The stabilizer frame opening as well as the stabilizer pan will be increased in height by

6.00 ".
0556162
Not Req'd, Compt Blister in Front of
Rear Axle
0018820
Bumper, Rear, 5" w/Treadplate
Cover, Ascendant Tandem, PAP, PAL,
RMAP

REAR BUMPER
A

5.00 " rear bumper will be furnished. Bumper will be constructed of steel framework and will be covered with polished aluminum treadplate. The bumper will be

4.00 " deep x

5.00 " high and will
be spaced away from the body approximately

1.00 ". It will extend the full width of the body.
0650792
Scuffplate, S/S Around Air Bottle
Compt Openings, Qty

SCUFFPLATE
Six (
6 ) scuffplates
will be furnished around the opening for the air bottle compartment(s). The scuffplate(s) will be constructed of
polished stainless steel
and provided for the
3 - RS Fender
Compartments
3 - LS Fender Compartments
air bottle compartment(s).
0689663
Location, Handle, Free Door

RELEASE HANDLE, FREE DOORS
The release handle for the free door on
LS
4 compartment door(s) will be located
High enough on
door so not to interfere with Floor Mounted Drawer Assemble . There will be a total of
one (
1 )
compartment door
release handles specially located.
0505888
Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock)

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be
ten (
10 ) compartment doors
that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a
keyed lock will be
RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
3 , RS
4 , RS
5 , RS
7 , LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , and LS
4 .
46 973
Bid #:
710
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0732709
Pull Strap for Rollup Doors, Special
Length

ROLLUP DOOR PULL STRAPS
two (
2 ) compartment doors
will be provided with pull straps. The pull straps will be

24.00 " long

and
orange
in color.

The straps will be installed directly to the inside of the rollup door.

The rollup door compartments to have these straps will be Crosslay Door LS, Crosslay Door RS
.
0003919
Reverse Hinge Compartment Door

REVERSE HINGED DOOR
The
one (
1 ) compartment door
, located on the
RS
7 compartment(s), will have the hinge located
opposite of the standard location.
0004012
Scuffplate, Polished S/S, Inside Each
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The
16 compartment doors
will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located
RS
1 , RS
2 (
2 ), RS
3 , RS
4 (
2 ), RS
5 (
2 ), RS
7 , LS
1 (
2 ), LS
2 , LS
3 (
2 )LS
4 (
2 )
.
0659353
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED,
Dual Lt Strip

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
ten (
10 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9220
, white
12 volt DC LED
compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

There will be two (
2 ) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened.
0889727
Light, P25 LED, Compartment

COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
white
12 volt DC LED light(s) with
chrome housing
provided
In the driver
side hose chute compartment. Match Job
33607
.

The light(s) will be controlled
when the compartment door where the light(s) are installed is open .
0603420
Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
six (
6 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
3 , LS
4 , RS
1 , RS
4 and RS
7 .

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0600289
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations,
Aerial

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
nine (
9 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
in RS
4 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
7 in the lower
third, in RS
7 in the upper third, in RS
1 in the upper third, in RS
7 centered between the floor and
the ceiling, in LS
4 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
1 in the lower third, in LS
4 in the
upper third and in LS
1 in the upper third
.
0638569
Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray

FIXED SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit.

The location will be
LS
4 - On top of C-Tech Drawer Assembly
.
0709690
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
determined at a later date and in LS
4 in the lower third
.
47 973
Bid #:
711
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0709692
Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of

0.188
" thick aluminum
painted spatter gray
while
special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (
2/3
) of its length from the stowed position and
tip
30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended position.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of
215
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The location(s) will be
in LS
3 in the lower third
.
0647045
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided. Each tray will be
rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum . 13 "
aluminum. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
RS
7 .
0725646
Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Two Drawers, Up To 48" Wide, 24"
Deep

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed
LS
4 , Floor Mounted
.

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be

6.00 " with a face plate that is

7.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be

5.75 " with a face
plate that is

6.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

48.00 ".

The drawers will have a capacity of
250
pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be

24.00 " deep, and completely
enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of
one (
1 )
provided.
0721316
Partition, Vertical Compt, Special
Location

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
There will be
one (
1 )
vertical partition(s) provided in the
RS
5 compartment
Full Height and Full
Depth of Compartment RS
5 .
12 " From Left Wall of Compartment. Please match Job
33607
.
.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray
.
0542387
Compt, IPO Chute, Rear Access,
Tandem Axle, Smooth Alum Door

COMPARTMENT IPO HOSE CHUTE
There will be
one (
1 )
compartment(s) located on the
Left side of ladder storage compartment
side
of the body at the rear, in place of the hose chute. Each compartment will be approximately

10.00 " wide x

46.00 " deep. The rear

22.50 " of length will be

16.00 " high. The remaining forward
length will be

14.00 " high. Each compartment will have a smooth aluminum lift up door with a lift
and turn latch
.
0004016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of
Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0802978
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S,
w/Removable Fender Liner, Aerial,
2G, Two Pair

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
aluminum painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be
removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 48 973
Bid #:
712
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0519849
Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0527021
Handrails Located @ Front Body

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be

1.25 " diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be located on the front of the body in positions needed to meet NFPA requirements. 0802986
Compt, Air Bottle, Between Tandems,
Four (4) Bottles, w/ Straps, Bolt-In,
Aerial

FOUR AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A total of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
will be provided and located
on the right side
, centered
between the tandem rear wheels. The air bottle compartment will consist of individual bins each designed to hold an air bottle with a maximum diameter of

7.63 " and a maximum depth of

26.00 ".

Each compartment will hold a total of four (
4 ) air bottles. The compartment will accommodate
three (
3 ) bottles across the top and one (
1 ) centered below. The bottom air bottle will be
accessible only when the top center bottle is removed and the hinged partition over the bottom bottle is lifted up. Each bottle will be separated by a partition.

A
drop down door with support cables
with
pair of flush lift & turn latches
will be provided for each
compartment. The door will be
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel. The door will be
flanged on all non-hinged sides. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment there will be a drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
.

Air Bottle Compartment Strap
Straps will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the top three ( 3 ) air
bottles. The straps will wrap around the neck of each bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0804249
Compt, Equipment/Air Pack, Between
Tandems, Bolt-In, Aerial

EQUIPMENT STORAGE
A total of
one (
1 )
compartment(s) will be provided and located
on the left side
, centered between
the tandem rear wheels. The compartment(s) will be approximately

16.00 " wide at the top x

8.00 "
wide at the bottom with tapered sides. The compartment(s) will be approximately

12.00 " high x

26.00 " deep.

A
drop down door with rubber bumpers
and a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided
for each compartment. The door will be
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel. Inside
the compartment there will be a drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
. A
dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0806865
Compt, Air Bottle, Two Bottles,
Fender Corner, Bolt-In, Tandem
Aerials

CORNER FENDER PANEL DOUBLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A total of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
will be provided in the upper corner(s) of the fender
located
on the right side rearward of the rear wheels
. The air bottle compartment(s) will be in the
form of a round tube (

7.75 " diameter maximum) and of adequate depth (

26.00 " maximum) to
accommodate different size air bottles. The tubes will be mounted separately in a diagonal fashion, one above the other.

A triangular shaped
vertically hinged door
and a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be
provided for each compartment. The door will be
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
and a drain hole will be provided.
0780893
Compt,Extinguisher (2),Fender
Panel,Tri Door,Bolt-In,Ascend
Single,TA Aerials

TRIANGULAR EXTINGUISHER STORAGE
A total of
one (
1 )
extinguisher storage compartment(s) will be provided
on the right side ahead of
the rear wheel
. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit two ( 2 ) extinguishers, each
with a maximum diameter of

7.50 " and an overall width of

11.00 ". A partition will be provided to
separate the extinguishers. Inside the compartment,
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will
be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted to match the lower
body
stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be
provided to contain the extinguishers. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Extinguisher Compartment Strap
A strap will be provided in the extinguisher compartment to help contain the extinguisher when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0805714
Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Round,
Fender, Tri Door w/Fuel,Bolt-
In,Tandem Aerials

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
, approximately

7.75 " in diameter x

26.00 " deep, will
be provided
on the left side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door to cover the air bottle opening and the fuel tank access
. A
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.
49 973
Bid #:
713
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0806235
Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Round,
Fender, Tri Door w/DEF, Bolt-
In,Tandem Aerials

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
,

7.75 " in diameter x

26.00 " deep, will be provided
on
the left side forward of the rear wheels. The triangular door to cover the air bottle opening and the DEF tank access
. A
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel door with a
chrome plated
flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.
0816909
Ladder, Extension, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

EXTENSION LADDERS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extension ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (
1 )
extension
ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 35 ' Duo-Safety
1200
-A, two (
2 )-section
.
0816921
Extension Ladder, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2024

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extension ladders are not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (
1 )
extension
ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 24 ' Duo-Safety
900
-A, two (
2 )-section
.
0074230
Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

20 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
875
-A roof ladder(s) provided.
0645444
Ladder, 12' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

12 ' aluminum roof ladder, Series
775
-DR provided.
0656150
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Fresno 701

AERIAL ATTIC EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

10 ' Fresno, aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series
701
extension ladder(s) provided.
0816912
Ladder, Folding, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

FOLDING LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The folding ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (
1 )
folding ladder
(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 10 ' Duo Safety
585
A
.
0042207
Ladders Stored in Torque Box,
Gortite Roll, Ascendant TA, PAL, PAP

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders are stored within the torque box and are removable from the rear.

Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders.

The ladders rest in full length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder.

A Gortite rollup door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, and painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion of the body
.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to
be provided for the rear roll-up door
. The latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame.

A stainless plate with a
2 -bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the aerial ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the torque box ladder storage area.

When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. When the plate is down and not securing the ladders, the rollup door can not close, which will activate the "Open Door Indicator Light" within the cab. The rollup door together with hinge friction will secure the plate in place during driving operations.

A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the rollup door.
0708752
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Amdor AY-9220-020, 2 Lts, LED

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor Model AY-
9220-020
, white
12 volt DC LED strip lights used to
illuminate the torque box ladder storage compartment. One ( 1 ) each side will be located on the
side wall of the torque box near the ladder storage entry area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0793652
Ladder, Little Giant, Velocity - Model
13, 15413-001

ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (
1 ) aluminum Little Giant Velocity - Model
13 folding ladder will be provided. The stored
dimensions will be

44.00 " high x

24.00 " wide x

8.00 " deep. The weight will be
25 lb.

The ladder will be located
stored in RS-
5 between the left (following) wall and the vertical partition 0004249
Slides, Dura-Surf, Ground Ladder
Storage, Horizontal Surfaces,
Ascendant,PAL,PAP

DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES
Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.
0756435
SP
Ladder Rack Information, Extension
Ladder Fly Sections on Right

LADDER RACK DESIGN
The extension ladders located in the ladder storage area shall be oriented such that the fly section of the ground ladder shall be on the right side when stored in the ladder rack. 50 973
Bid #:
714
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0658170
Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0004349
Pike Pole, 10' DUO Safety, Fiberglass

PIKE POLE,
10 '
One (
1 ) pike pole

10 ' long DUO Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided and located ladder storage compartment
.
0816914
Pike Pole, 12', Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
12 ' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be
one (
1 )

12 ' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a
Duo-Safety
12 ' pike
pole
.
0610093
Pike Pole, Quint, Provided by Fire
Department, ULC

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT

CAN/ULC-S
515
, current edition, section

7.9.3.1 requires one (
1 )

2.4 m (
8 ft) or longer pike pole.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the pike pole.

The pike pole(s) will be a
Duo-Safety
8 ' pike pole
.
0816918
Pike Pole, 6', Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
6 ' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be
one (
1 )

6 ' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a
Duo-Safety
6 ' pike pole
.
0014343
Not Required, Pike Pole, 3'

0823595
SP
Trash Hook, 12' Fire Hooks
Unlimited, TRH-12, w/D Handle, Turn
90 Deg

ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S)
There will be
one (
1 )

12 ' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited TRH-
12 , with fiberglass shaft
and "D" handle provided. The D-handle will be turned
90 degrees from standard.
0024892
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6

PIKE POLE
There will be
two (
2 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH-
6 ,
6 ' long New York Roof Hook with steel
handle and pry end provided and located
ladder storage compartment
.
0770578
Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, ABS

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be ABS tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of six (
6 )
pike
poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0657484
Trough for D-Handled Pike Pole,
Aluminum

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Smooth aluminum U-shaped trough(s) for the storage of
five (
5 ) pike poles
, with D-handle style
grip, will be provided and installed
ladder storage compartment for two (
2 )
6 ' D-handle RH, one
(
1 )
8 ' D-handle RH, one (
1 )
10 ' D-handle RH, one (
1 ) for multiple
5 ' pry bars. Match Job
33706
.
0024388
No Steps Required, Front Of Body
0000458
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
Alum 4-Way

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
One (
1 ) slideout platform
will be provided
Right side under compartment RS-
7 . Match Job
33607
.

The capacity rating will be
500
lbs in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

There will be
an On Scene Solutions Access
white
12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the
ground area.
51 973
Bid #:
715
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0676009
Pump Operators Panel & Module,
Alum Control Zone, RS Lap, Ascend

TA/PAL/PAP PUC

PUC MODULE
The pump module will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of aluminum tubing, angles and channels which supports both the plumbing and the side running boards.

The pump module will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with standard body angles in four places to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump module, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Left Side Control)
Pump controls and gauges will be located midship at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.

The main pump operator's control panel will be completely enclosed and located in the forward section of the body compartment. There will be a roll up door to protect against road debris and weather elements. This roll-up door compartment will include a drip pan below the roll of the door.

The pump operator's panels will be no more than

31.00 " wide, and made in four (
4 ) sections with
the center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the safety of the pump operator, there will be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on the main pump operators panel.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The upper section will contain the master gauges. This section will be angled down for easy visibility.

The center section will contain the pump controls aligned in two horizontal rows. The pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable) will be located on or adjacent to the center panel, on the side walls for easy operation and visibility. The lower section will contain the outlet drains.

Manual controls will be easy moving
8 " long lever style controls that operate in a vertical, up and down swing motion. These handles will have a

2.25 " diameter knob and be able to lock in place
to prevent valve creep under any pressure. Bright finish bezels will encompass the opening, be securely mounted to the pump operator's panel, and will incorporate the discharge gauge bezel.

Bezels will be bolted to the panel for easy removal and gauge service. The driver's side discharges will be controlled directly at the valve. There will be no push-pull style control handles.

Identification tags for the discharge controls will be recessed within the same bezel. The discharge identification tags will be color coded, with each discharge having its own unique color.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome-plated bezels.

All discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

The pump panels for the discharge and intake ports will be located ahead of the pump module with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump panels will be easily removable with simple hand tools.

A recessed cargo area will be provided at the front of the body, ahead of the water tank above the plumbing.

RIGHT SIDE PUC MODULE COMPARTMENT
A full height compartment with a lap door ahead of the front stabilizer will be provided, as convenient large storage compartment for often used items for the crew. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be approximately

30.25 " wide x

52.00 " high x

25.13 " deep. The depth of
the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be approximately

28.00 " wide x

52.00 high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0520016
Not Required, Pumphouse Structure,
PUC
52 973
Bid #:
716
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0889383
Pump, Pierce, 2000 GPM, Single
Stage, PUC-NG

PUMP
Pump will be a Pierce, low profile,
2000
gpm single stage midship mounted centrifugal type,
mounted below the cab. The pump will have a
15 percent reserve capacity to allow for extended
time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient pump/vehicle design the capacity to weight ratio will not be less than

1.5:1
.

The pump casing will consist of three (
3 ) discharge outlets, one (
1 ) to each side in line with the
impeller and one (
1 ) to the rear. The pump casing will incorporate two ( 2 ) water strippers to
maintain radial balance.

Pump will be the Class A type.

Pump will be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure indicated below:
100
percent of rated capacity at
150
psi net pump pressure
70 percent of rated capacity at
200
psi net pump pressure
50 percent of rated capacity at
250
psi net pump pressure
The pump will have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a pressurized source as indicated below:
135
percent of rated capacity at
100
psi net pump pressure from a
5 psi source
Pump body will be fine-grained gray iron. Pump will incorporate a heater/cooling jacket integral to the pump housing.

The impeller will be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced and splined to a ten
10 ) spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional durability, and efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear ring design will help to minimize end thrust. The impeller will be a twisted vane design to create higher lift. No keyed shafts will be acceptable.

The pump will include o-ring gaskets throughout the pump.

Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings will be provided. The bearings will be protected at the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and water slinger.

The pump will have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow standing for plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold will be

6.00 " in diameter and will have a low
profile design to facilitate low crosslays and high flows.

For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear case will be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. Removal of the main inlet wyes will provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring.

The tank to pump line and the primary discharge line will be the only piping required to be removed for overhaul.

For ease of service and overhaul there will be no piping or manifolding located directly over the pump.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab, to minimize wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include one (
1 ) central mounted isolator located between the frame rails and one ( 1 ) on each side outside the
frame rails. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. Each isolator will be

2.55 " in total outside diameter and will be rated at
490
lb. The
pump will be completely accessible by tilting the cab with no piping located directly above the pump.
0515822
Seal, Mechanical, Silicon Carbide,
PUC Pump

MECHANICAL SEALS
Silicon carbide mechanical seals will be provided. The seals will be spring loaded and self- adjusting. The seals will have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126
W/m*K to run cooler. Seals
will have a minimum hardness of
2800
kg/mm
2 to be more resistant to wear, and have thermal
expansion characteristics of no more than

4.0 X
106
mm/mm*K to be more resistant to thermal
shock.
0802234
Gear Case, Integrated Pump
Transmission, PUC-NG, Cummins

PUMP GEAR CASE
The integrated pump transmission gear case will use a pressure-lubricated system to cool, lubricate, and filter the oil. The gear case will be constructed of lightweight aluminum, and impregnated with resin in accordance to MIL Spec MIL-I- 17563
. A sight glass, accessible by tilting
the cab, will be provided for easy fluid level checks.

The gear case will consist of three (
3 ) gears to drive the pump.

CLUTCH
There will be a heavy-duty hydraulic clutch mounted directly to the integrated pump transmission to engage and disengage the pump without gear clash. The clutch will be a multiple disc design for maximum torque. The clutch will be fully self-adjusting to provide automatic wear compensation, and consistent torque throughout the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and disengagement will be provided through a high efficient and dependable hydraulic system to assure superior performance.

LOW PRESSURE/HIGH TEMPERATURE LIGHTS
Lights will be provided to indicate when a high temperature or low pressure situation occurs.

Lights will be provided next to the master gauges at the pump panel as well as on the control panel in the cab. A pair of lights will be provided in each location. One ( 1 ) light will be provided to
indicate high temperature. The second light will be provided to indicate a low pressure. All lights will be labeled accordingly.
53 973
Bid #:
717
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0721196
Pumping Mode, Pump and
Roll/Stationary, Basic, MUX, PUC

PUMPING MODE
Pump will provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode.

Stationary pumping mode will be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the parking brake and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The transmission will shift to "Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is set. The "OK to Stationary Pump" indicator will also illuminate when the parking brake is set.

If the vehicle is equipped with a suitable Husky foam system or Hercules CAFS system, these systems will be engaged from the cab switch panel as well. pump and roll mode will be accomplished by the use of the main pump and will not require the use of a secondary pump. pump and roll mode will use the same operation sequence as stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After the vehicle is setup for stationary pumping, the operator will leave the cab and setup the pump panel to discharge at the desired outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab, the operator will disengage the parking brake. An "OK to pump and roll" indicator will illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission gear selector will be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as needed will apply the foot throttle. pump and roll mode will be maintained unless the transmission shifts out of first gear.

Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode will be accomplished by pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the pump.

A pump pressure reading will be displayed in view of the driver. 0658980
Pump Shift, Sure-Shift, Additional
Switch, Pump Operator's Panel

PUMP SHIFT
Pump will be engaged in not more than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake, which will automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a rocker switch in the cab. Switches in the cab will also allow for water, foam, or CAFS if equipped, and activate the appropriate system to preset parameters. The engagement will provide simple two-step operation, enhance reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift will include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch will be located behind a door in the pump operator's panel. The switch will automatically disengage when the door is closed.

As the parking brake is applied, the pump panel throttle will be activated and deactivate the chassis foot throttle for stationary operation.

An additional pump activation switch will be provided at the pump operator's panel to engage the pump. A switch guard will be installed to prevent accidental switch activation. Indicator lights will be provided to show that the pump is in gear.
0515833
Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd,
Park to Neutral, Pump, PUC

TRANSMISSION LOCK UP
Transmission lock up is not required as transmission will automatically shift to neutral as soon as the parking brake is set.
0515835
Auxiliary Cooling System, PUC

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water-to-coolant heat exchanger will be used.
0014486
Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746508
Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air
Max, Control Location

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
One (
1 )
Trident Air Max intake relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at
200
psig
.

The relief valve will have a working range of
50 psi to
350
psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

One (
1 ) adjustable air regulator and pressure indicating gauge will be located on a common bezel on the left side pump panel
to control the intake valve(s).
54 973
Bid #:
718
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0724463
Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD ,
PUC

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (
2 ) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure
modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to No Mode/Default Press Setting

mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

2.00 " diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for
Clockwise
rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi
and engine speed above
2000
rpm for more than five (
5 ) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be

4.20 " in size with a minimum brightness of
750
nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation. The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen:

Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:

High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0072153
Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (
1 ) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0044552
Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A

0.50 " diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0895331
SP
Thermal Relief Valve 140, w/Amber
Warning Light and Alarm, PUC Pump

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Pierce thermal relief valve will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140
Degrees F.

The thermal protection system will include a amber warning light and audible alarm mounted on the pump operator panel.

The discharge line will be
3/8
inch diameter tubing plumbed to
ground
.
0780359
Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies, Pierce PUC Pump

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (
2 ) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two ( 2 )
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 55 973
Bid #:
719
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0602496
Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, PUC

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule
10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a
500
PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
0795135
Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0517852
Inlets, 6.00" - 1250-2000 GPM,
Pierce PUC Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A

6.00 " pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.

Main pump inlets will not be located on the main operator's panel and will maintain a low connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail. 0812671
Valve, w/Relief, LS Main Inlet, 6",
Elec, Akron 9333 Cont, w/O-ride,PUC

INLET BUTTERFLY VALVE
One (
1 ) high performance butterfly valve will be provided on the left side main pump inlet.

The

6.00 " inlet valve will be provided with a
Akron Style
53 built-in, adjustable pressure relief
valve preset at
125
psig
and a bleeder valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve.

There will be an Akron
9333
electric valve controller provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

A manual override hex nut will be provided directly on the inlet valve. Access to the manual override hex nut will be provided with a hole thru the left side lower pump panel. The hole in the left pump panel will allow the use of a speed wrench and/or ratchet with a socket to be used on the valve override hex nut if needed.

A maintain switch will be provided near the manual override. The switch will cut off power to the valve to allow for manual override valve actuation.

A one piece speed wrench will be provided in loose equipment for manually overriding the valve.

The speed wrench will have sockets welded on each end for overriding the valve. 0812672
Valve, w/Relief, RS Main Inlet, 6",
Elec, Akron 9333 Cont, w/O-ride,PUC

INLET BUTTERFLY VALVE
One (
1 ) high performance butterfly valve will be provided on the right side main pump inlet.

The

6.00 " inlet valve will be provided with a
Akron Style
53 built-in, adjustable pressure relief
valve preset at
125
psig
and a bleeder valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve.

A manual override hex nut will be provided directly on the inlet valve. Access to the manual override hex nut will be provided with a hole thru the right side lower pump panel. The hole in the right pump panel will allow the use of a speed wrench and/or ratchet with a socket to be used on the valve override hex nut if needed.

A maintain switch will be provided near the manual override. The switch will cut off power to the valve to allow for manual override valve actuation.

A one piece speed wrench will be provided in loose equipment for manually overriding the valve.

The speed wrench will have sockets welded on each end for overriding the valve. 0004646
Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610
Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000
series heavy-duty style
with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a
ten (
10 ) year
warranty.
0520002
Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
PUC
The location of the valve for the
two (2) inlets
will be recessed behind the pump panel.
56 973
Bid #:
720
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0004700
Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660
Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680
Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the right side pump panel, terminating
with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0044279
Adapter, Side Inlet, Rigid, 6" FNST x

4.5" MNST w/Cap

ADAPTER, INLET
A rigid

6.00 " FNST x

4.50 " MNST adapter with long handle cap will be provided each side on the main pump inlets.
0521137
Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets, PUC

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569
No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116
No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696
Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648
No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568
No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049
Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0687424
Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 4.00"
Plumbing, 3.00" Tank Outlet, Aerial
PUC

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will have a

3.00 " outlet and be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty

4.00 " piping and a quarter turn

3.00 " full flow line valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0595508
Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50", PUC

TANK REFILL
A

1.50 " combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0766941
Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Elec
Right Outlets Akron 9335 w/Press
Disp, PUC

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The right side discharges will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve and be controlled by Akron 9335
electric valve controllers provided on the pump operators panel. The electric controls must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The units must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate their corresponding valve actuator. The controllers will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option. In addition to the valve controls, the electric valve controllers will include a pressure display
All other outlets will have manual swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion.

These handles will be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure. 57 973
Bid #:
721
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0516755
Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" (2), PUC

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be two (
2 ) discharges with a

2.50 " valves on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges will be located below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. Discharges will not be located on the pump operator's panel. Lever controls will be provided at the valve. 0055095
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0766761
Outlet, Right Side, 2.50", (1), Electric
Akron 9335 Controller, PUC

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
with a

2.50 " valve will be provided on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a

2.50 " MNST adapter. The discharge(s) will be located below the crew cab and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail.

There will be Akron
9335
electric valve controller(s) provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control(s) must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit(s) must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller(s) will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

In addition to valve position, each controller will include a pressure display. 0021134
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0818640
Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve, PUC

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron
8800

4.00 " flat ball valve with

4.00 " plumbing
terminating with a

4.00 "
MNST chrome
adapter on the right side pump panel.

The valve will be controlled with a(n)
Akron
9335
with pressure
located at the pump operator's
panel.
0007308
Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter
Outlet
0649939
Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (
1 )

1.50 " discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located in the
center bumper tray
.

Plumbing will consist of

2.00 " piping and flexible hose with a

2.00 " ball valve with control at the
pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a

1.50 " NST with
90 degree stainless
steel swivel
.

There will be
T swing handle
drains provided at all low points of the piping.
0092575
Not Required, Outlet, Rear

0045099
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets

0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional

0085695
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573
Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

58 973
Bid #:
722
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0752097
Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 " in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 "
in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042
Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet

1.50 " or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0638829
Adapter, Thread - 4.00" FNST X 4.50"
MNST, w/Cap

ADAPTER
There will be
one (
1 ) adapter
with

4.00 " FNST x

4.50 " MNST, chrome, with cap. These adapters
will be installed on
PS large diameter outlet
.
0029106
Not Required, Deluge Outlet

0029302
No Monitor Requested

0029304
No Nozzle Req'd

0029107
No Deluge Mount

0826319
Waterway Outlet & Control, Akron
Valve, PUC

AERIAL WATERWAY OUTLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the water pump to the aerial device waterway with

4.00 " pipe and a

4.00 " Akron valve.

The valve will be controlled with a
Pierce large handwheel with indicator
located at the pump
operator's panel.
0739945
Crosslay Module, Full Width, Boom
Compartment, Roll Up Doors, Aerial,
PUC

CROSSLAY MODULE
The crosslay module will be full width of the rear body.

The crosslay module will include a boom support compartment. The interior of the boom support compartment will be a DA finish.

The forward, upper corners of the module will have full body corners.

The crosslay module will be manufactured for installation of roll up doors on each side to include the boom support compartment with on common roll up door. 0750897
Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Amdor, Each
End, Full Height, PUC

ROLL-UP DOOR, CROSSLAY ENDS, PUC
All compartment doors will be roll-up style double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (
1 )
color to match the lower portion of the body
and manufactured by AMDOR
™.

The crosslay
enclosure will be full width of the body.

The track will be the flanged track with the screws installed to the rear of the track guide.

The slats will be double wall box frame extrusion. The exterior surface will be flat and the interior surface will be concave to help loose equipment fall to the ground and prevent it from jamming the door.

Between each slat will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments.

Each door will have a

4.00 " counter balance to assist in lifting.

The crosslays will
have a drip pan
below the roll of the door.
59 973
Bid #:
723
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0750916
Crosslays, (2) 1.50", W/Poly Trays,
PUC

LOWER CROSSLAY
There will be two (
2 ) lower crosslays provided.

1.50 " Crosslay
There will be two (
2 )

1.50 " crosslays plumbed with

2.00 " welded or formed schedule
10 304
L
stainless steel pipe.

The crosslays will be low mounted with the bottom of both crosslay trays no more than

11.00 "
above the frame rails for simple, safe reloading and deployment.

There will be a

1.50 " National Standard hose thread
90 -degree swivel provided in each hose bed,
so that the hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far outbound as possible for ease of changing hose.

Each crosslay will be gated with a

2.00 " quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the pump operator's panel.

Each hose bed will be capable of carrying
200
' of

1.75 " double jacket hose
.

Crosslay Hose Tray
A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two ( 2 ) hand holes will be in the
floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.

Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring-loaded stainless-steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. 0750900
Crosslay, (1) 2.50", W/Poly Trays,
PUC

UPPER CROSSLAY
There will be one (
1 ) upper crosslay provided.

2.50 " Crosslay
There will be one (
1 )

2.50 " crosslay plumbed with

2.50 " welded or formed schedule
10 304
L
stainless steel pipe.

There will be a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread
90 -degree swivel provided in each hose bed,
so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far outbound as possible for ease of changing hose.

Each crosslay will be gated with a

2.50 " quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the pump operator's panel.

Each hose bed will be capable of carrying
200
' of

2.50 " double jacket hose
.

Crosslay Hose Trays
A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two ( 2 ) hand holes will be in the
floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.

Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring-loaded stainless-steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. 0724032
SP
Mounting, Backboard, Upper
Crosslay Module, Strap, Special,
PUC

BACKBOARD STORAGE
Mounting will be provide for
One (
1 )
backboard(s) located in the upper crosslay module. The
backboard(s) will be enclosed and removable from either side of the truck. A 2 " Velcro® strap with
a tri-glide buckle will be provided on each end of the storage. A footman's loop will be used on the forward wall. The rearward wall will have a slot cut into it to weave the restraint strap through.

The backboard(s) to be stored will be

2.0 "H x

18.0 "W x

72.0 "L
.
0729571
Tube, Aluminum, Pike Pole, Special
Ny Style Notch, Upper Crosslay
Module, PUC

PIKE POLE STORAGE
A quantity of
two (
2 ) pike poles
aluminum tubes will be provided and located
Below D-Handle Tool
Trough in upper crosslay module, per AD Drawing. (removable for service) with ( 1 ) tube
accessible from left side and (
1 ) accessible from right side. Match job
38442
in the upper crosslay
module. The pike pole tube(s) will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit in the tube.

If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0833912
SP
Trough for D-Handled Trash Hook,
w/Bracket Supports, PUC

TRASH HOOK STORAGE
There will be
One (
1 )
stainless steel U-shaped trough(s) provided for storage of D-handle style trash hook(s). The trough(s) will be installed
In crosslay area accessible from right and left side
above dead lay tray attached to backboard compartment with trough that is 7 '
6 " long. Match
38442
. There will be shelf type bracket supports provided to help support the trash hook ends. 0015215
Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Right
Side, Steel

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus.

The exterior finish of the reel will be
painted job color matching the lower body
.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50 " Aeroquip hose and a

1.50 " valve.
0007666
Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Reel,
Push Button Location

REEL REWIND SWITCH
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

Electric rewind control will be a rubber covered button will be located On the left side of RS-
7 just
above the top of the stabilizer panel
.
60 973
Bid #:
724
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0045300
Hose, Booster - 200' of 1.00"/800 PSI
Booster hose,

1.00 " diameter and
200
feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800
psi.
0005244
Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1"
Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428
Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0021954
Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0622237
Roller Assembly, Additional
There will be
two (2)
additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted On
top of driver side cargo area side sheet and the other as required per mfg request. Match Job 33607
.
0617886
SP
Foam Sys, FoamPro 1600, Single
Agent, PUC, Multi Select Feature

FOAM SYSTEM
There will be a Foam Pro, Model
1600
, direct injection foam proportioning system furnished and installed on the apparatus.

The system will be a single agent system suitable for handling Class "A" foam concentrate only.

The foam system will be plumbed to
lower rear crosslay, lower front crosslay, upper rear crosslay, center of front bumper and hose reel in right side of dunnage area .

The proportioning operation will use paddle wheel style water flow meter in a waterway that feeds a discharge manifold. The flow meter installation will be such that the unit will have the water flow capabilities listed below, when generating foam solution (as published by FoamPro).

Maximum Accuracy Flow Range
15 -
520
gpm
Maximum Operating Flow Range
5 -
625
gpm
The proportioning system will be capable of the maximum flows listed below at set foam percentages. The unit will not restrict the water flows at any given setting, however exceeding the published flows will result in a lower percentage than is indicated at the control module. .
3 percent setting - Maximum Flow =
533
gpm
.
5 percent setting - Maximum Flow =
320
gpm
1 percent setting - Maximum Flow =
160
gpm
The foam system will be installed in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations.

The system will be equipped with a control module. It will be installed on the pump operator's panel and enable the pump operator to perform the following functions:

Activate the foam system.

Set foam percentage from .
1 percent to
1 percent.

Flash a low concentrate warning light when the foam concentrate tank runs low.

Stop foam pump after two (
2 ) minutes if concentrate tank is still low.

The foam system will have a
12 volt,
1/3
hp electric motor driven positive displacement piston type foam concentrate pump with a rated capacity of .
01 to

1.6 gpm with operating pressures up to
400
psi.

A full flow check valve will be provided in the discharge piping to prevent foam contamination of the fire pump and water tank.

A
5 psi opening pressure check valve will be installed in the concentrate injection line to prevent foam siphoning into the discharge manifold.
0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

0802356
Foam Refill, Pump, Foam Pro,
Power-Fill

FOAM REFILL PUMP
A
12 v pump will be permanently mounted in the pump compartment. A male quick disconnect fitting will be provided on the
Right Pump Panel
and a pick-up wand with a
6 ' tube and mating
female fitting will be provided loose.

The control switch for the pump will be located on the pump panel adjacent to the quick disconnect fitting. The pump will be plumbed to the foam tank allowing the user to refill the foam tank from the ground.
0031894
Demonstration, Foam System, At
Pierce

FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING
The fire department will order
one (
1 ) vehicle
with this foam system. A demonstration will be
provided at the apparatus manufacturers facility on the operation of the foam system.

This demonstration will include:

A review of the foam system manual emphasizing key areas A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck A hands-on foam system start-up and foam discharge session Instructions on the use of the manual overrides
The proper way to shut down and flush the foam system.
61 973
Bid #:
725
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0530519
Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Not Reducing,
PUC

FOAM CELL
The foam cell will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of
30 gallons of foam with the intended use of
Class A foam
. The brand of foam stored in
this tank will be
TBD
. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. 0091036
Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #1

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a

1.00 " drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel.
0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0746445
Approval Dwg, Pump Operator's
Panel, Includes Color And Label Tags

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up
One (
01 ) Truck
apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479
Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0579545
Step, Slide-Out/Fold-Out, Pump
Operator Platform, Aerial PUC

PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel.

The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert.

The platform will be approximately

13.75 " deep when in the stowed position and approximately

22.00 " deep when extended. The platform will be as wide as possible. The platform will lock in the retracted and the extended position.

The sides, bottom and rear portions of the support assembly will be painted to match lower job color.

The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab. 0667186
Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
OSS Access LED, Short Step

PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT
There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access,

20.00 " white
12 volt DC LED
strip light provided to illuminate the ground area.
0831515
Material/Finish, Pump Panels, PUC

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump operator's panel and gauge panels will be
brushed stainless steel
finish.

The side panels will be
brushed stainless steel
finish.
62 973
Bid #:
726
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0516978
Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple
Tilt Service, PUC

PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS
Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves will not require removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump will not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access will allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps will be provided for access to the top of the pump.

Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such that all maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will require no more than removal of the intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than
3 hours.
0618458
Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White, PUC

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,

3.00 " white
12 volt DC LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the plumbing area.

The light(s) will be activated by a toggle switch located in the pump compartment area. 0516983
Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller, PUC
Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601
Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0005780
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Button

AIR HORN BUTTON
An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. 0763096
Fittings, Compression IPO PTC, All
Pump Panel Gauges

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
All of the pump panel gauges will have brass compression fittings installed in place of the push to connect fittings.
0895410
SP
Guards, Half Moon, S/S For
Switches at the Pump Panel with
Locking Pin

GUARD, SWITCH
There will be a stainless steel half moon guard provided over one (
1 )
switches on the pump panel
to prevent accidental activation. A .
25 " pin will be installed to lock the pin in the "OFF" position.

The guard will be provided on the
PS Lower Pump panel (Match
38442
)
switches.
0830288
Gauges, 6.00" Master, IC, PUC

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Innovative Controls.

The gauges will be a minimum of

6.00 " in diameter and will have
white faces with black markings
,
with a pressure range of

30.00 "
0-600
psi
.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One ( 1 ) will be connected to
the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0005714
Gauge, 2.50" Pressure, Class 1, 0-
400psi

They will be

2.50 " in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will have a pressure range of
0-400#
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0539612
Gauge, Master Pump Flowmeter,

FRC , PUC

MASTER FLOWMETER
A master pump flowmeter display will be provided the operator's panel. The flowmeter will contain solid state electronics with LED readout of total flow of the pump.

An FRC X-FLC flow conditioner will be installed in the plumbing for better flow readings. 63 973
Bid #:
727
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0756688
Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, w/Mini Slave,
PUC, Lt Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (
9 ) LEDs. They will be at
1/8
level increments with a tank empty LED. The
LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180
-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than
25 percent. The gauge will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

MINI SLAVE UNIT
An electric water level gauge will be provided in the cab that registers water level by means of five (
5 ) LEDs. They will be at
1/4
level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that are readable in sunlight and have a full 180
-degree of clear viewing.

The water level gauge in the cab will be activated when the parking brake is applied
.
0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be
two (
2 )
additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK 2 , LED module
with
chrome trim
, installed
one (
1 ) each side rearward of crew cab doors
.

This light module(s) will include four (
4 ) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above
3/4
full
Third amber module indicates a water level above
1/2
full
Last red module indicates a water level above
1/4
full and empty
Above
1/4
this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the
parking brake is applied
.
0062992
Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class
1, GAAAR 5lt

FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED design
viewable through
180
degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 0738037
SP
Light, Pump Op & Panel, Side Ctrl,
PUC, AY-LB-12SHW-020 Und
Crosslay, OH Chr Cvr

SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING
Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. Internal and external lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The pump panels will be illuminated by two (
2 ) Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 SHW
020
,
350
lumens

20.00 " weather resistant strip lights with white LED lights, one ( 1 ) on the driver's side and one (
1 )
on the passenger's side. These light strips will be mounted under the speedlay/crosslay compartment.

The pump operator's panel will utilize the same LED strip lighting at the forward doorframe as all other compartment lighting.

There will be a small white LED pump engaged indicator light installed overhead. 0606694
Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606832
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Same Side
(Pos #6 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the left side of the bumper, outside of the frame rail. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757084
Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0723391
Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
64 973
Bid #:
728
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0688049
Siren, Federal EQ2B-200, 200 Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
There will be a Federal, Model EQ
2 B-
200
, electronic siren with noise canceling
microphone provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the driver side center switch panel
.
0748306
Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select

ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:
0748294
Control, Elec Siren, Ft Sw, LS

The left side foot switch.
0550216
Speaker, (1) Federal, BP200-EF, 200
watt, Stainless Steel

SPEAKER
A Federal, Model BP
200
-EF,
200
watt speaker will be provided. A chrome-plated "EF" flat grille will be installed in front of the speaker.
0601552
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0736164
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl

A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604635
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5",

RRRWR RWRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the cab roof, one ( 1 )
on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door, facing forward.

The driver's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

The passenger's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

The white LED's will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The two (
2 ) red flashing LED modules in the inside front and the two red flashing LED modules in the inside front corner positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0809551
Light, GTT, 794* Opticom Emitter,
Remote Mtd on Cab Roof, Hardwired

TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROLLER
There will be a GTT
™,
Model
794
* infrared Opticom
™
traffic light controller with
national
standard high priority
remote mounted on the front edge of the cab
TBD
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be activated
by a cab switch with emergency master
control
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will have
a driver side momentary cab switch with no
emergency master control
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. 0833701
SP
Switch, Latching, Additional for
Opticom
An additional latching switch will be provided in the cab that will allow the operator to control the Opticom
™
emitter anytime the park brake is released.

The Opticom
™
emitter will be de-activated when the parking brake is applied. 65 973
Bid #:
729
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0592278
Light, Front Zone, Wln M6*C & M6*C
Sdy Burn LED, Clear Lens, 4lts Q
Bezel

CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C, LED flashing warning lights and two (
2 ) Whelen,
Model M
6 *C, LED steady burning warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel.

The driver outside flashing LED will be
driver's side front outside warning light to be red
The driver inside steady burning LED will be
driver's side front inside warning light to be red
The passenger inside steady burning LED will be
passenger's side front inside warning light to be
red
The passenger outside flashing LED will be
passenger's side front outside warning light to be red
All four (
4 ) lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel to control the lights.

The inside lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
0788934
SP
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M7*
LED, Front Split Color , Clr/Color
Lens, 3pr

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
Six (
6 ) Whelen Model M
7 * LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located in the following positions:

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper extension
.

The
side front lights to be red to the front and white to the rear .

Two (
2 ) lights,
Behind crew cab door both LS and RS. Match Job
33607
.

The
side middle lights to be red
.

Two (
2 ) lights,
Over the rear tandem axles, Match Job
33607
.

The
side rear lights to be red
.

The two (
2 ) forward lights will include a clear lens.

The four (
4 ) lights to the rear will include a colored lens.

There will be one (
1 ) switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Any white warning lights will be disabled when the parking brake is set. 0745863
Lights, Side, Wln M9** LED, Trm Fet
2nd

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model M
9 **,

6.50 " high x

10.37 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with
chrome trim
provided,
RS Cab, Above EMS Compartment
.

The
light(s) to include red LEDs
. The
warning light lens color(s) to be clear
.

These lights will be activated
with the side warning switch
.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0745867
Lights, Side, Wln M9** LED, Trm Fet
1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model M
9 **,

6.50 " high x

10.37 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with
chrome trim
provided,
LS Cab, Above EMS Compartment
.

The
light(s) to include red LEDs
. The
warning light lens color(s) to be clear
.

These lights will be activated
with the side warning switch
.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0541116
Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6*
LED, Colored Lens 4lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
Four (
4 ) Whelen, model M
6 * LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus with Whelen,
6 EFLANGE chrome flanges.

The
side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red .

The
rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red
.

The
rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red
.

The
side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red .

These lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
66 973
Bid #:
730
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0756379
SP
Bracket, 5" Ledge, Full Width Rear of
Body, Tapered Corners, Ascend TA,

PAL/PAP

REAR BODY MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be a

5.00 " deep, full width,
aluminum treadplate
bracket(s) provided at the rear of the
body above the ladder storage area. The bracket will be provided to mount lights, cameras, or other accessories. The rear outside corners of the bracket will be tapered to provide additional clearance.
0791493
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TAM
65 ,

36.00 " long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL
5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0557053
Location, TDL, Surface Mounted
Over Rear Door with Treadplate Box,
PUC
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted over the rear door, inside a treadplate box at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.
0530265
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Dashboard
The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel in the dashboard. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver.
0006646
Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the
120/240
VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at
60 cycles plus or minus
3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70 ,
National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section
250-6
"Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators"
of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91
(Grounding
Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6
(Means of Identifying Grounding
Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of
115
percent of the nameplate current rating of
the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15
(amp capacities) of the NEC. A
single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445
(Generators) of
the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00
" (
3658
mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of
194
degree Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for
600
-volts at
194
degrees Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194
degrees Fahrenheit
(
90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at
600
volts at not less than
194
degrees
67 973
Bid #:
731
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of

12.00 " (
305
mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping
Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of

6.00 " (
152
mm) distance
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within

6.00 " (
152
mm) of any junction box and at a
minimum of every

24.00 " (
610
mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section
210-7
"Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than

24.00 " (
610
mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of

30.00 " (
762
mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than

30.00 " (
762
mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage ( 120
-volts or
240
-volts) and the current
rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498
, Standard for Safety Attachment
Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of
900
-volts for one (
1 ) minute. The test will be conducted between live
parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to
100
percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at
100
percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two
(
2 ) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 0015829
Circuit Breaker Panel with Inverter

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the
RS
7 , High on Back Wall, Right Side
. A directory for
each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. 0778560
Receptacle, 15A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
Wtrprfroof
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
15 amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with flip up cover
(s) installed
On the left side and right side next to the SCBA tube in the center of the tandem axles. Match Job
33607
.
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L
5-15
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline to
120
volt AC power inverter internal
transfer sw
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
68 973
Bid #:
732
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0783675
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd

120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
On the front of the EMS compartment behind
the officer. Match Job
33607
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline to
120
volt AC power inverter internal
transfer sw
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0783678
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
On the front of the EMS compartment behind
the driver. Match Job
33607
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline to
120
volt AC power inverter internal
transfer sw
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0755095
Aerial, 107' ASL Tandem, 750/500
Tip, 50 MPH
FOUR (
4 )-SECTION
107

FOOT AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1
structural safety factor
meets the current NFPA standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
20 percent of the minimum ultimate strength of the
material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1
safety factor
meets the current NFPA standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1

safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12
. Wire ropes will be
constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing
conditions of up to a

0.25 " coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:

Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:

Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (
4 ) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750
lb at the tip in the unsupported
configuration, based upon
360
degree rotation, up to full extension and from -
10 degrees to +
77 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum
100,000
pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all 69 973
Bid #:
733
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:

Base Section:

41.87 "
Lower Mid Section:

34.88 "
Upper Mid Section:

27.87 "
Fly Section:

21.63 "
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:

Base Section:

26.28 "
Lower Mid Section:

22.68 "
Upper Mid Section:

20.06 "
Fly Section:

17.32 "
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a lift eye welded on to each side of the egress.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of
107
' above the ground at full extension and
elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be
100
'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum

42.00 " high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a

44.00 " wide x

27.00 " high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder.

The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual

5.50 " diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (
1 ) on each side. One (
1 )

2.25 " diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each
cylinder to the ladder and one (
1 )

2.50 " diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have
125,000
psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with

0.50 " Grade
8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section.

The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required.

The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot-operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.

The operation envelope will be
10 degrees below horizontal to
77 degrees above
horizontal.

The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel.

The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1
safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall.

The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be
1:12
. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire for
increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
70 973
Bid #:
734
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards.

The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One ( 1 ) hydraulically
driven, planetary gear box with drive speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. One ( 1 ) spring applied,
hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power. The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000
in. lbs. and a minimum intermittent rating of
160,000
in. lbs. The turntable bearing,
ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox,
and output shaft will be certified by the
manufacturer of the components for the application.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage
Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the
180
degree area, on the side(s) where
the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override to comply with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position..

AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength

0.25 " plate. The
vertical member will be a

0.375
" reinforced wall cylinder with a

28.00 " outside diameter
and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.

The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with

0.88 " diameter Grade
8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system.

There will be a
5/8
" gap between the torque box and the frame rails to promote drying of the surfaces and reduce the effect of corrosion.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360
degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of Elevation
-
10 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
77 Egress
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
71 973
Bid #:
735
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
-
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
-
500
500
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of Elevation
-
10 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
77 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
500
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in
250
lb increments to the fly, mid, or base
sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

Side to side monitor travel will be reduced with a
50 mph wind rating on the device.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. 72 973
Bid #:
736
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0000042
Boom Support, Rear of the Chassis
Cab
The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab. 0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012, 12" LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0799573
Boom Support Compt Included
w/PUC Xlay Module Picked
Separately, PUC
0680821
Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted
#10
white
.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526885
Indicator, Extension, Inside and
Outside Handrails, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10 '. They will indicate various positions
of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red

reflective material.
0723719
Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (
1 ) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished
with
a black
tread coating
on the stepping surface. Each step will have
no integrated light
.
0688232
Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside

2.00 " edge at each side will
be
photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions .

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a
10 -year, limited warranty.
0676785
Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial
Fly Section

RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.

The bracket will be sized to hold a
Nupla
12 ' roof vent rubbish hook with D handle
.
0728981
Box, Stokes, w/Cover, Base Section,
Adjacent to Boom Panel, w/Door
Open Sw

STOKES STORAGE BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum storage box(es) provided at the base section of the aerial ladder on
the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable . The box(es) will be
painted
to match the aerial device
. The box(es) will be located adjacent to the aerial boom panel and will have a hinged cover with
pair of butterfly latches
to secure the stokes basket. The cover and
mounting brackets for the box will have the same finish as the box. The cover will be tied in to the open door indicator circuitry when in the open position. The box(es) will have no louvers
.

The size of the stokes basket will be

84.00 " long x

25.00 " wide x

9.00 " high
.

The maximum capacity of each box will be
75 lb.
0674963
Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of
one (
1 )
vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on
the right side of the aerial egress
. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished.
0784202
Brackets Only, Roof Ladder, Base
Section, Inboard of Boom Panel,
Ascendant

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting brackets for a single roof ladder will be provided on the left side of the aerial device
while viewed from the turntable
. A total of
one (
1 )
roof ladder(s) will be stored on the aerial base
section. The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section and include straps to secure the ladder(s).

The mounting brackets will accommodate a
12 ' Duo-Safety
775
-DR
roof ladder(s) to be stored
individually as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 0601972
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 73 973
Bid #:
737
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0601949
Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T-
10, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ) TecNiq, Model T
10 , white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0789383
Flag Holder, Pipe and Pin, Aerial
Turntable

FLAG HOLDERS
There will be
One (
1 )
stainless steel tube(s),

4.00 " long, for a

1.00 " diameter flag pole, located at
the aerial turntable
Center Vertical Handrail at rear of turntable
. The flag holder will be painted to
match the turntable.

The tube will have a pin going through it with cable attached to secure a flag in the tube. It will allow installing and removing of flags.

The stainless steel clips that mount the bracket to the turntable handrails and the pin are not painted.
0682069
Box, Air Mask Storage, Turntable

MASK BOX AT TURNTABLE
An air mask storage box with a hinged cover will be provided at the turntable. The cover will be weatherproof to protect the inside of the box from the elements. The box will be constructed of smooth aluminum and will be painted to match the aerial device. The box will be large enough for one (
1 )
air mask(s) and hose.
0682159
Turntable, Shortened, Right Side

SPECIAL TURNTABLE
The turntable will be modified at the passenger side to allow for easier access to the hose bed for hose loading. The portion of the turntable outboard of the rotational motor will be removed, and the handrails will be modified as required.
0682164
Cover, Around Aerial Rotation
Bearing

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate
and attached to the underside of the turntable deck.
0814217
Control Stations, ASL Tandem Axle,
MUX, Color Display, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided. The information center will operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a

7.00 " (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a minimum 1000
nits rated,
color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, gray plastic housing with a Pierce decal. There will be five ( 5 ), weather-resistant user interface
switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

Operation
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens.

There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A
Glance
. If the
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time ( 12 - or
24 -
hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

Page Screens
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:

Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.

Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder.

Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.

Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20 percent. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20 percent. When oxygen levels
are at or below
10 percent the red bar graph will flash.

The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. 74 973
Bid #:
738
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:

Aerial Device Extension length
Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground.

Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable.

Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at.

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:

The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade.

The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.

Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:

Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:

Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.

Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground.

Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel.

A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick.

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

Menu Screens
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a
12 - or
24 -hour format, and allows setting of the time and
date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

Lower Control Station
A lower control station will be located at the rear of the apparatus in an easily accessible area.

The controls and indication labels will be illuminated for nighttime operation. The following items will be furnished at the lower control station and will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Level assist switch
Override switch to override microprocessor
Emergency power unit switch
Turntable Control Station
There will be one (
1 ) device control station located on the left side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station. The controls will be so designed to allow the turntable control station to immediately override the tip controls, if equipped, even if the ladder is being operated by the tip controls.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified, lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Intercom controls
Tip tracking light switch
Emergency stop switch
Emergency power unit switch
Operator's load chart
Two (
2 ) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed High Idle
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is 75 973
Bid #:
739
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
set and the transmission is placed in neutral.
0743299
Remote Tip Controls, ASL/105' MUX

REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console.

The three (
3 ) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center
12 -volt proportional controls.

A momentary switch at the turntable control station will enable the controls at the ladder tip.

The turntable control console ladder controls will override the ladder tip controls.

The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
76 973
Bid #:
740
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0792976
Stabilizers, Ascendant Tandem, Rear
Mount Steel, 16' Spread, 18" Pen,
MUX

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of four ( 4 ) hydraulically
operated stabilizers. The front two (
2 ) will be out and down style, the rear two (
2 ) will be down
only. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 16 ' measured from the centerline of
the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be

6.88 " wide x

9.00 " high
with
3/4
" thick top and bottom plates and
1/2
" thick sides of
100,000
-PSI minimum yield strength
steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

2.25 " bore,

1.38 " rod, and

39.25 "
stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

18.00 " ground penetration. The cylinders will be
supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base, NOT in the transfer tube.

Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

4.25 " bore,

3.00 " rod, and

28.88 " stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be a maximum of

14.00 " wide so as to allow the
extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back
90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be

12.00 " in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in
any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be
31 " x
26 " and made from
lightweight composite material
. The
ground pressure will not exceed
75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

The pads will be stored in a double stacked configuration, two ( 2 ) behind each rear tandem axle
in a single bracket.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
A portable stabilizer control box will be provided. The control box will be weatherproof and oil resistant. Each function and indicator light will be labeled on a metal photo panel. The control box can be taken as far away as
15 ' from the vehicle with an extension cable.

The stabilizer control box will include the following:
- One (
1 ) green power indicator light for stabilizer control that will be illuminated when the aerial master and "PTO" switches in the cab are activated.
- Four (
4 ) electric toggle switches for stabilizers: each toggle switch will control the extend/retract (front only) and raise/lower of its respective stabilizer to allow vehicle set up in restricted areas and/or on uneven surfaces.
- Auto leveling assist switch: The outrigger control system will incorporate a computerized self leveling system in addition to the standard outrigger controls. The operator will have the option to manually or automatically level the truck. The computerized system will ensure full outrigger extension, proper jack penetration, and will level the vehicle within 1/2
a degree of level for safe
operation of the aerial device.
- One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for the engaging the emergency power unit. - One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light: this light will illuminate when the stabilizers are not in the fully stowed position.
- Two (
2 ) fully extended beams green indicator lights: these lights will be illuminated when each of the respective stabilizer beams are fully extended.
- Four (
4 ) firm on ground green indicator lights: each light will be illuminated when its respective stabilizer shoe is in the load supporting condition.

Each toggle switch will activate the engine fast idle automatically.

Manual override will be supplied for each stabilizer control valve.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided and activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Indicator Light", which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position, until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle, to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.
0729051
Stabilizer Pan and Trim Material

STABILIZER PAN AND TRIM MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be
smooth aluminum, painted to match the lower body color
and the
aerial stabilizer trim will be
polished stainless steel
.
77 973
Bid #:
741
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
0809974
Door, Stabilizer Control Box, MUX
Aerials

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOOR
A vertically hinged
smooth aluminum
door will be provided over the stabilizer control box. The door will be hinged
along the outboard edge
and be provided with a
flush lift and turn latch
.
0615058
Stabilizer Placement, Cameras
w/Command Zone Color Display, 1
Set

STABILIZER PLACEMENT
There will be two (
2 ) cameras provided and installed on the body, one (
1 ) directly above each
stabilizer. The cameras will be activated with a switch in the cab and will provide a picture to specify the fully extended stabilizer position allowing the driver the ability to position the vehicle with the proper clearance for stabilizer deployment.
0793039
Hydraulic System, Ascendant
Tandem Axle

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000
psi and a burst pressure
rating of
16,000
psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA standard.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA standard, which requires adequate cooling less than

2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA standards and have burst strength of 4:1
.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1
on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA standard.

All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1
per the
current NFPA standard.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide
3,150
psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to
1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13
based on
the ISO
4406:1999
cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at
3,150
psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator
malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1
to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of aerial power only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for
30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow
the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be 78 973
Bid #:
742
AGENDA ITEM NO. 28.
spaced a minimum of

3.50 " for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of
38 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily
accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill will have a desiccant breather filter with a water capacity of 4 fluid ounces
and a
5 micron rating. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100

mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (
6 ) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A float type sending unit in the reservoir will provide an indication of oil level on an electronic display. A temperature sending unit in the reservoir will provide indication of the oil temperature on an electronic display.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA standard.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be integrated with the hydraulic manifold and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A
50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
return filter: beta
200
at
6 micron
0786880
Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, ASL-
Tandem/Tiller, MUX (32 Collector
Rings)

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (
3 ) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will
connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360
degree continuous rotation of the
aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360
degrees rotation of the aerial
while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings
will be provided that are capable of supplying
30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will
be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12 -BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder which provides
4096
counts per
shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all
360
degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be
returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

Clovis City CouncilJuly 7, 2025

Clovis City Council
July 7, 2025